KEY CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE CORP
424B5, 1997-06-10
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: MAZEL STORES INC, 10-Q, 1997-06-10
Next: SIMULATIONS PLUS INC, SB-2/A, 1997-06-10



<PAGE>   1
                                                FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(b)(5)
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-12431


     INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. OFFERS
     TO BUY THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED WITHOUT THE DELIVERY OF A FINAL
     PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
     ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
     SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
     SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 10, 1997
            PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 10, 1997
 
                                  $103,404,000
 
                          AFG RECEIVABLES TRUST 1997-A
 
                 $73,703,000 Class A      % Asset Backed Notes
                 $18,701,000 Class B      % Asset Backed Notes
                 $11,000,000 Class C      % Asset Backed Notes
 
                            AUTOFINANCE GROUP, INC.
                                  Subservicer
 
                      KEY CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
                                     Seller
 
                       KEY BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                    Servicer
                            ------------------------
   The AFG Receivables Trust 1997-A (the "Trust") will be governed by a Trust
  Agreement, to be dated as of June   , 1997, between Key Consumer Acceptance
  Corporation, as seller (the "Seller"), and Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware, as
 Owner Trustee. The Trust will issue $73,703,000 aggregate principal amount of
  Class A    % Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A Notes"), $18,701,000 aggregate
 principal amount of Class B    % Asset Backed Notes (the "Class B Notes"), and
 $11,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Class C    % Asset Backed Notes (the
"Class C Notes" and, together with the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, the
 "Notes") pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") to be dated as of June   ,
  1997, between the Trust and Bankers Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee. The
 Trust will also issue $6,601,944.94 aggregate principal amount of Asset Backed
       Certificates (the "Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the
    "Securities"). The Certificates are not being offered by this Prospectus
                                  Supplement.
                            ------------------------
 The Underwriters have agreed to purchase from the Seller the Class A Notes at
        % of the principal amount thereof, the Class B Notes at     % of the
principal amount thereof, and the Class C Notes at     % of the principal amount
   thereof, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement referred to herein under "Underwriting." The aggregate proceeds to the
Seller, before deducting expenses payable by the Seller estimated at $    , will
                                   be $    .
                            ------------------------
  The Underwriters propose to offer the Notes from time to time in negotiated
transactions or otherwise, at prices determined at the time of sale. For further
    information with respect to the plan of distribution and any discounts,
commissions or profits that may be deemed underwriting discounts or commissions,
                           see "Underwriting" herein.
 
                               (cover continued on next page)
                               ------------------
   PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE MATERIAL RISKS INVOLVED WITH AN
 INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN "RISK FACTORS" SET FORTH AT PAGE S-8
    HEREIN AND AT PAGE 14 IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS (THE "PROSPECTUS").
                               ------------------
THE NOTES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT
OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN KEY CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, KEY BANK
USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE SECURITIES
NOR THE RECEIVABLES ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION, ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OR BY KEY CONSUMER
ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, KEY BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, OR ANY OF THEIR
AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                               ------------------
The Notes are offered by the Underwriters when, as and if issued and accepted by
the Underwriters and subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in
part. It is expected that delivery of the Notes will be made in book-entry form
only through the Same Day Funds Settlement System of The Depository Trust
Company, or through Cedel Bank, societe anonyme or the Euroclear System, on or
about June   ,1997.
 
After the initial distribution of the Notes by the Underwriters, the Prospectus
and this Prospectus Supplement may be used by Key Capital Markets, Inc., an
affiliate of the Seller, in connection with market making transactions in the
Notes. Key Capital Markets, Inc. may act as principal or agent in such
transactions. Such transactions will be at prices related to prevailing market
prices at the time of sale. Certain information in this Prospectus Supplement
will be updated from time to time as described in "Incorporation of Certain
Documents by Reference."
 
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON                             KEY CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
 
            The date of this Prospectus Supplement is June 10, 1997.
<PAGE>   2
 
     The rights of Certificateholders will be subordinated to the rights of
Noteholders, the rights of the holders of the Class C Notes will be subordinated
to the rights of the holders of the Class B Notes and the rights of the holders
of the Class B Notes will be subordinated to the rights of the holders of the
Class A Notes to the extent described herein. The assets of the Trust will
include a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts secured by new
or used automobiles and light duty trucks (collectively, the "Receivables"),
payments received thereunder after May 31, 1997, security interests in the motor
vehicles financed thereby, rights under Dealer Agreements, rights under the
Purchase Agreement, rights with respect to deposit accounts in which collections
are held, any proceeds from claims on insurance policies relating to the
Financed Vehicles and the proceeds of the foregoing.
 
     The assets of the Trust will be transferred by the Seller to the Trust on
or prior to the Closing Date. The Notes will be secured by the assets of the
Trust pursuant to the Indenture. Certain capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus Supplement are defined in the "Index of Defined Terms" on page S-29
of this Prospectus Supplement or, to the extent not defined herein, have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Prospectus. Interest on all classes of
Notes will accrue at the fixed per annum interest rates specified above.
Interest on the Notes will be payable on the 15th day of each month or, if any
such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day (each, a
"Distribution Date"), commencing July 15, 1997. Principal of the Notes will be
payable on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein. Payments of
principal of and interest on the Class C Notes will be subordinated in priority
to payments due on the Class B Notes and payments of principal of and interest
on the Class B Notes will be subordinated in priority to payments due on the
Class A Notes as described herein. See "Description of the Notes."
 
     THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF THE NOTES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS AND
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE NOTES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE
PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. TO
THE EXTENT ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DO SUPPLEMENT OR SPECIFY
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE
STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICES OF THE NOTES AT
LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
     UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
     Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued, monthly and annual unaudited
reports containing information concerning the Receivables will be prepared by
the Servicer and sent on behalf of the Trust only to Cede & Co., as nominee of
the Depository Trust Company and registered holder of the Notes. See "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Reports
to Securityholders" in the accompanying Prospectus. Such reports will not
constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. The Seller, as originator of the Trust, will file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such periodic reports
as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. In addition, the Commission
maintains a public access site on the Internet through the World Wide Web at
which site reports, information statements and other information, including all
electronic filings, may be viewed. The Internet address of such World Wide Web
site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       S-2
<PAGE>   3
 
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined elsewhere in
this Prospectus Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of Defined
Terms" beginning at page S-29 or, to the extent not defined herein, have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Prospectus.
 
ISSUER...........................    AFG Receivables Trust 1997-A (the "Trust"
                                       or the "Issuer"), a Delaware business
                                       trust established pursuant to a trust
                                       agreement (as amended and supplemented
                                       from time to time, the "Trust Agreement")
                                       between the Seller and the Owner Trustee.
 
SELLER...........................    Key Consumer Acceptance Corporation, a
                                       Delaware corporation (the "Seller"). See
                                       "The Seller, the Servicer, AutoFinance
                                       Group and KeyCorp."
 
SERVICER.........................    Key Bank USA, National Association, a
                                       national banking association (the "Bank"
                                       or in its capacity as servicer, the
                                       "Servicer"). See "The Seller, the
                                       Servicer, AutoFinance Group and KeyCorp."
 
SUBSERVICER......................    AutoFinance Group, Inc., an Ohio
                                       corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary
                                       of KeyCorp ("AutoFinance Group" or in its
                                       capacity as subservicer, the
                                       "Subservicer"). See "AutoFinance Group"
                                       in the Prospectus.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE................    Bankers Trust Company, as indenture trustee
                                       under the Indenture (the "Indenture
                                       Trustee").
 
OWNER TRUSTEE....................    Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware, as trustee
                                       under the Trust Agreement (the "Owner
                                       Trustee").
 
THE NOTES........................    The Trust will issue Asset Backed Notes,
                                       pursuant to an Indenture (as amended and
                                       supplemented from time to time, the
                                       "Indenture"), between the Issuer and the
                                       Indenture Trustee, as follows: (a) Class
                                       A      % Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A
                                       Notes") in the aggregate initial
                                       principal amount of $73,703,000; (b)
                                       Class B      % Asset Backed Notes (the
                                       "Class B Notes") in the aggregate initial
                                       principal amount of $18,701,000; and (c)
                                       Class C      % Asset Backed Notes (the
                                       "Class C Notes" and, together with the
                                       Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, the
                                       "Notes") in the aggregate initial
                                       principal amount of $11,000,000.
 
                                     The Notes will be secured by the assets of
                                       the Trust pursuant to the Indenture.
 
THE RECEIVABLES..................    On June   , 1997 (the "Closing Date"), the
                                       Trust will purchase from the Seller a
                                       pool of motor vehicle retail installment
                                       sale contracts secured by new or used
                                       automobiles or light duty trucks (the
                                       "Receivables"), including rights to
                                       receive certain payments made with
                                       respect to such Receivables after May 31,
                                       1997 (the "Cutoff Date"), security
                                       interests in the vehicles financed
                                       thereby (the "Financed Vehicles"), rights
                                       under Dealer Agreements, certain deposit
                                       accounts in which collections are held,
                                       any proceeds from claims on insurance
                                       policies and the proceeds of the
                                       foregoing, pursuant to a Sale and
                                       Servicing Agreement to be dated as of the
                                       Closing Date (as amended and supplemented
                                       from
 
                                       S-3
<PAGE>   4
 
                                       time to time, the "Sale and Servicing
                                       Agreement"), among the Trust, the Seller
                                       and the Servicer. The Receivables had an
                                       aggregate principal balance of
                                       $110,005,944.94 as of the Cutoff Date.
                                       See "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements" herein and in the
                                       Prospectus.
 
                                     The Receivables consist of motor vehicle
                                       retail installment sales contracts
                                       between an Obligor and a vehicle dealer
                                       ("Motor Vehicle Loans") purchased from
                                       the Dealer by AutoFinance Group. See "The
                                       Receivables Pool" herein and "The
                                       Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus.
 
                                     The Receivables have been selected from
                                       Motor Vehicle Loans owned by AutoFinance
                                       Group based on the criteria specified in
                                       the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
                                       described herein and in the Prospectus.
                                       See "The Receivables Pool" herein and
                                       "The Receivables Pools" in the
                                       Prospectus. No Receivable will have a
                                       scheduled maturity that, after giving
                                       prospective effect to any permitted
                                       extensions or deferrals, would be later
                                       than April 30, 2002 (the "Final Scheduled
                                       Maturity Date"). As of the Cutoff Date,
                                       the weighted average remaining maturity
                                       of the Receivables was approximately
                                       54.68 months and the weighted average
                                       original maturity of the Receivables was
                                       approximately 56.81 months. As of the
                                       Cutoff Date, approximately 12.40% of the
                                       aggregate principal balance of the
                                       Receivables represented financing of new
                                       vehicles and the remainder represented
                                       financing of used vehicles. Each of the
                                       Receivables also has a remaining term of
                                       not more than 59 months as of the Cutoff
                                       Date and at least one scheduled payment
                                       will have previously been received by the
                                       Subservicer as of the Cutoff Date.
 
                                     The "Pool Balance" means, at any time, the
                                       sum of the outstanding Principal Balances
                                       of the Receivables. The "Principal
                                       Balance" for any Receivable, at any time,
                                       means the principal balance of such
                                       Receivable at the end of the preceding
                                       calendar month, after giving effect to
                                       all payments received from Obligors.
TERMS OF THE NOTES
 
A. DISTRIBUTION DATES............    Payments of interest and principal on the
                                       Notes will be made on the 15th day of
                                       each month or, if any such day is not a
                                       Business Day, on the next succeeding
                                       Business Day (each, a "Distribution
                                       Date"), commencing July 15, 1997. Each
                                       reference to a "Payment Date" in the
                                       Prospectus shall refer to a Distribution
                                       Date herein. Payments will be made to
                                       holders of record of the Notes (the
                                       "Noteholders" and, together with the
                                       Certificateholders, the
                                       "Securityholders") as of the day
                                       immediately preceding such Distribution
                                       Date or, if Definitive Notes are issued,
                                       as of the last Business Day of the
                                       preceding month (a "Record Date"). A
                                       "Business Day" is a day other than a
                                       Saturday, a Sunday and a day that, in
                                       Illinois, New York, Ohio or Delaware, is
                                       neither a legal holiday nor a day on
                                       which banking institutions are authorized
                                       by law, regulation or executive order to
                                       be closed.
 
                                       S-4
<PAGE>   5
 
B. INTEREST RATES................    The Class A Notes will bear interest at the
                                       rate of     % per annum (the "Class A
                                       Interest Rate"), the Class B Notes will
                                       bear interest at the rate of      % per
                                       annum (the "Class B Interest Rate") and
                                       the Class C Notes will bear interest at
                                       the rate of      % per annum (the "Class
                                       C Interest Rate"). The Class A Interest
                                       Rate, Class B Interest Rate and the Class
                                       C Interest Rate are referred to herein
                                       collectively as "Interest Rates".
 
C. INTEREST......................    On each Distribution Date, the Indenture
                                       Trustee will distribute to the
                                       Noteholders of each class of Notes
                                       accrued interest at the applicable
                                       Interest Rate on the outstanding
                                       principal amount of such class of Notes
                                       to the extent of funds available
                                       therefor. Payments of interest on the
                                       Class C Notes on each Distribution Date
                                       will be subordinated in priority to
                                       payment in full of accrued interest on
                                       the Class B Notes and payments of
                                       interest on the Class B Notes on each
                                       Distribution Date will be subordinated in
                                       priority to payment in full of accrued
                                       interest on the Class A Notes. On each
                                       Distribution Date, interest on each class
                                       of Notes will be an amount equal to
                                       one-twelfth (or the actual number of days
                                       from and including the Closing Date to
                                       but excluding July 15, 1997 divided by
                                       360, for the initial Distribution Date)
                                       of the applicable Interest Rate
                                       multiplied by the outstanding principal
                                       amount of such class of Notes as of the
                                       close of business on the preceding
                                       Distribution Date (or, for the initial
                                       Distribution Date, the Closing Date). See
                                       "Description of the Notes -- Payments of
                                       Interest."
 
D. PRINCIPAL.....................    Principal of the Notes will be payable on
                                       each Distribution Date, to the extent of
                                       funds available therefor, in an amount
                                       equal to the Noteholders' Principal
                                       Distributable Amount for such
                                       Distribution Date. Payments of principal
                                       of the Notes will be made ratably to each
                                       class of Notes on each Distribution Date,
                                       except that after the occurrence of an
                                       Event of Default and an acceleration of
                                       the Notes, no principal payments will be
                                       made on the Class C Notes until the Class
                                       B Notes have been paid in full and no
                                       principal payments will be made on the
                                       Class B Notes until the Class A Notes
                                       have been paid in full. See "Description
                                       of the Transfer and Servicing
                                       Agreements -- Distributions."
 
                                     The outstanding principal amount of the
                                       Notes, to the extent not previously paid,
                                       will be payable on the October 31, 2002
                                       Distribution Date (the "Final Scheduled
                                       Distribution Date").
 
E. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION...........    The Notes will be redeemed in whole, but
                                       not in part, on any Distribution Date on
                                       which the Seller exercises its option to
                                       purchase the Receivables, which can occur
                                       on any Distribution Date on which the
                                       Pool Balance as of the end of the related
                                       Collection Period has declined to 5% or
                                       less of the Original Pool Balance, at a
                                       redemption price equal to the unpaid
                                       principal amount of the Notes plus
                                       accrued and unpaid interest thereon. See
                                       "Description of the Notes Optional
                                       Redemption". The "Original Pool Balance"
                                       will
 
                                       S-5
<PAGE>   6
 
                                       equal the aggregate principal balance of
                                       the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date.
                                       "Collection Period" is any calendar month
                                       (or, in the case of the initial
                                       Collection Period, the period from the
                                       Cutoff Date to and including June 30,
                                       1997).
 
THE CERTIFICATES.................    The Trust will issue Asset Backed
                                       Certificates (the "Certificates" and,
                                       together with the Notes, the
                                       "Securities") with an aggregate initial
                                       Certificate Balance of $6,601,944.94. The
                                       Certificates are not being offered
                                       hereby. Certificateholders will not
                                       receive any distributions on any
                                       Distribution Date until the Noteholders'
                                       Interest Distributable Amount and
                                       Noteholders' Principal Distributable
                                       Amount have been deposited in the Note
                                       Distribution Account and any deposits to
                                       the Reserve Account necessary to fund the
                                       Specified Reserve Account Balance have
                                       been made. Thereafter, Certificateholders
                                       will be entitled to distributions on each
                                       Distribution Date in an amount equal to
                                       the Certificateholders' Distributable
                                       Amount. See "Description of the Transfer
                                       and Servicing Agreements -- 
                                       Distributions" and "-- Accounts." 
                                       Distributions will be made to holders 
                                       of record of the Certificates (the 
                                       "Certificateholders") as of the related
                                       Record Date (which will be the last 
                                       Business Day of the preceding month if 
                                       Definitive Certificates are issued).
 
RESERVE ACCOUNT..................    A reserve account (the "Reserve Account")
                                       will be created with an initial deposit
                                       by the Seller of cash or certain
                                       investments having a value of at least
                                       $1,650,089.17 (the "Reserve Account
                                       Deposit"). In addition, on the initial
                                       Distribution Date and on each
                                       Distribution Date thereafter, if
                                       necessary, the portion of the Total
                                       Distribution Amount remaining after
                                       payment of the Servicing Fee (except, so
                                       long as AutoFinance Group is the
                                       Subservicer, on each of the nine
                                       Distribution Dates successively following
                                       the Closing Date) and payment of interest
                                       and principal on the Notes for such
                                       Distribution Date will be deposited in
                                       the Reserve Account until the amount on
                                       deposit in the Reserve Account equals the
                                       Specified Reserve Account Balance.
 
                                     On or prior to the Business Day preceding
                                       each Distribution Date (the "Deposit
                                       Date"), the Indenture Trustee will
                                       withdraw available funds (exclusive of
                                       investment earnings) from the Reserve
                                       Account to the extent (a) the sum of the
                                       Servicing Fee and the amounts required to
                                       be distributed to Noteholders on the
                                       related Distribution Date exceeds (b) the
                                       amount on deposit in the Collection
                                       Account with respect to the preceding
                                       Collection Period (exclusive of
                                       investment earnings). If the amount in
                                       the Reserve Account is reduced to zero,
                                       Noteholders will bear the credit and
                                       other risks associated with ownership of
                                       the Receivables, including the risk that
                                       the Trust may not have a perfected
                                       security interest in the Financed
                                       Vehicles. See "Risk Factors" herein and
                                       in the Prospectus, "Description of the
                                       Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- 
                                       Accounts" herein; and "Certain Legal 
                                       Aspects of the Receivables" in the 
                                       Prospectus.
 
                                       S-6
<PAGE>   7
 
                                     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve
                                       Account on any Distribution Date (after
                                       giving effect to withdrawals from the
                                       Reserve Account, if any, for such
                                       Distribution Date) is greater than the
                                       Specified Reserve Account Balance for
                                       such Distribution Date, the Indenture
                                       Trustee will distribute the amount of
                                       such excess to the Seller. See
                                       "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements -- Distributions."
 
TAX STATUS.......................    In the opinion of Thompson Hine & Flory
                                       LLP, for federal income tax purposes, the
                                       Notes will be characterized as debt, and
                                       the Trust will not be classified as a
                                       separate entity that is an association
                                       (or a publicly traded partnership)
                                       taxable as a corporation. In the opinion
                                       of Thompson Hine & Flory LLP, Ohio tax
                                       counsel to the Trust, the same
                                       characterization of the Notes as debt
                                       would apply for Ohio corporation
                                       franchise tax purposes as for federal
                                       income tax purposes. In addition, if Ohio
                                       follows the recently issued entity
                                       classification rules of federal income
                                       tax law, the Trust will not be treated as
                                       a separate entity taxable as a
                                       corporation for Ohio corporation
                                       franchise tax purposes. If, however, Ohio
                                       does not follow such entity
                                       classification rules, the Trust may be
                                       treated as a separate entity taxable as a
                                       corporation for Ohio corporation
                                       franchise tax purposes. Any franchise tax
                                       liability of the Trust incurred by the
                                       Trust is expected not to be material, and
                                       the Servicer will indemnify the Trust for
                                       any such franchise tax liability. Each
                                       Noteholder, by the acceptance of a Note,
                                       will agree to treat the Notes as
                                       indebtedness. See "Federal Income Tax
                                       Consequences" and "State Tax
                                       Consequences" herein and in the
                                       Prospectus for additional information
                                       concerning the application of federal and
                                       state tax laws to the Trust and the
                                       Securities.
 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.............    Subject to the considerations discussed
                                       under "ERISA Considerations" herein and
                                       in the Prospectus, the Notes are eligible
                                       for purchase by employee benefit plans.
 
RISK FACTORS.....................    See "Risk Factors" herein and in the
                                       Prospectus for a discussion of certain
                                       factors that potential investors should
                                       consider in determining whether to invest
                                       in the Securities.
 
NO LISTING OF SECURITIES.........    The Securities will not be listed on any
                                       national securities exchange or automated
                                       quotation system of a registered
                                       securities association.
 
RATING OF THE NOTES..............    It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                       Notes that the Class A Notes be rated in
                                       the highest rating category by at least
                                       two nationally recognized rating agencies
                                       (the "Rating Agencies"), that the Class B
                                       Notes be rated in at least the third
                                       highest rating category by at least two
                                       Rating Agencies and that the Class C
                                       Notes be rated in at least the fourth
                                       highest rating category by at least two
                                       Rating Agencies. There can be no
                                       assurance that a rating will not be
                                       lowered or withdrawn by a Rating Agency
                                       if circumstances so warrant. See "Risk
                                       Factors -- Ratings of the Securities"
                                       herein and in the Prospectus.
 
                                       S-7
<PAGE>   8
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information contained herein and in the
Prospectus, prospective investors should consider carefully the following risk
factors and the information contained in "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
     Payments in respect of interest on the Class C Notes will be subordinated
in priority of payment to interest due on the Class B Notes and payments in
respect of interest on the Class B Notes will be subordinated in priority of
payment to interest due on the Class A Notes. Consequently, the holders of the
Class C Notes will not receive any payments of interest on a Distribution Date
or after the occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in an
acceleration of the Notes, until the full amount of accrued interest on the
Class B Notes has been paid and holders of the Class B Notes will not receive
any payments in respect of interest on a Distribution Date or after the
occurrence of any such Event of Default until the full amount of accrued
interest on the Class A Notes has been paid. Payments of principal of the Notes
will be made ratably to each class of Notes on each Distribution Date, except
that after the occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in an
acceleration of the Notes, payments of principal on the Class C Notes will be
subordinated in priority of payment to payment in full of all principal of the
Class B Notes and payments of principal of the Class B Notes will be
subordinated in priority of payment to payment in full of all principal of the
Class A Notes. Certificateholders will not receive any distributions on any
Distribution Date until the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount have been deposited in the Note
Distribution Account and any deposits to the Reserve Account necessary to fund
the Specified Reserve Account Balance have been made. Upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default which has resulted in an acceleration of the Notes,
distributions on the Certificates will be subordinated in priority of payment to
payment in full of principal of and accrued interest on the Notes.
 
     If an Event of Default occurs, the Indenture Trustee or the holders of a
majority of the aggregate principal amount of all the Notes may declare the
principal of the Notes to be immediately due and payable, and the Indenture
Trustee may institute or be required to institute proceedings to collect amounts
due or exercise its remedies as a secured party (including foreclosure or sale
of the Receivables). See "Description of the Notes -- The Indenture" in the
Prospectus. In the event of a sale of Receivables by the Indenture Trustee
following an Event of Default, there is no assurance that the proceeds of such
sale will be equal to or greater than the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of the Notes plus accrued interest. As a result, the interests of holders of the
Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and Class C Notes may conflict because
following an Event of Default and acceleration of the Notes under the Indenture,
payments of interest on and principal of the Class C and Class B Notes will be
subordinated as provided in the preceding paragraph. The interests of the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders may also conflict because no
distributions will be made to Certificateholders following an Event of Default
and acceleration of the Notes under the Indenture until all the Notes have been
paid in full. Consequently, the exercise by the Indenture Trustee of its right
to sell the Receivables or exercise other remedies under the Indenture and
applicable law may cause the holders of the Class C Notes and the Class B Notes
and the Certificateholders to suffer a loss of all or part of their investment.
See "Description of the Notes -- The Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights upon
Event of Default" and "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Insolvency" in the Prospectus. See "Description of the
Notes -- The Indenture" in the Prospectus and "Description of the
Notes -- Rights Upon Event of Default" herein.
 
     In general, the Seller may, and in certain circumstances the
Certificateholders may, direct the Owner Trustee in the administration of the
Trust. However, because the Trust has pledged the property of the Trust to the
Indenture Trustee to secure the payment of the Notes, including in such pledge
certain rights of the Trust under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
Indenture Trustee and not the Seller or the Certificateholders has the power to
direct the Trust to take certain actions in connection with the administration
of the property of the Trust until the Notes have been paid in full and the lien
of the Indenture has been released. In addition, the Seller and
Certificateholders are not allowed to direct the Owner Trustee to take any
action which conflicts with the provisions of any of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the Indenture (together the "Basic
Documents"). The Indenture specifically prohibits the Issuer from taking any
action which would impair the Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Trust
and, except as set forth in the Prospectus, generally requires the Owner Trustee
to obtain the consent of the Indenture Trustee or the holders of a majority of
the aggregate
 
                                       S-8
<PAGE>   9
 
principal amount of the Notes before modifying, amending, supplementing, waiving
or terminating any Basic Document or any provision of any Basic Document. See
"Description of Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Amendment" in the
Prospectus. Therefore, until the Notes have been paid in full, the ability to
direct the Trust with respect to certain actions permitted to be taken by it
under the Basic Documents rests with the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders
instead of the Seller or the Certificateholders.
 
     If a Servicer Termination Event were to occur, the holders of a majority of
the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee acting on
behalf of the Noteholders, or the Owner Trustee and not the Seller or the
Certificateholders, would have the right to terminate the Servicer as the
servicer of the Receivables without consideration of the effect such termination
would have on holders of the Class C Notes, the Class B Notes or
Certificateholders. In addition, the holders of not less than a majority of the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes would have the right to waive certain
Servicer Termination Events, and the holders of the Class A Notes generally
would have sufficient voting strength to effect such waiver without
consideration of the effect such waiver would have on holders of the Class B
Notes, the Class C Notes or Certificateholders. Because the termination of the
Servicer or the waiver of a Servicer Termination Event could adversely affect
collections of Receivables, the interests of holders of the Class A Notes and
the Class B Notes may conflict with the holders of the Class B Notes and the
Class C Notes, respectively and the interests of the Noteholders may conflict
with the interests of Certificateholders. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Servicer Termination Events" and "-- Rights Upon
Servicer Termination Events" in the Prospectus.
 
LIMITED ASSETS
 
     The Trust will not have, nor is it permitted or expected to have, any
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Receivables and the
Reserve Account. Holders of the Notes and the Certificates must rely for
repayment upon payments on the Receivables and, if and to the extent available,
amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account. Similarly, although funds in the
Reserve Account will be available on each Distribution Date to cover shortfalls
in distributions of interest and principal on the Notes, amounts to be deposited
in the Reserve Account are limited in amount. If the Reserve Account is
exhausted, the Trust will depend solely on current collections on the
Receivables to make payments on the Notes and the Certificates.
 
     Amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account will be available on any
Distribution Date first to cover payment of the Servicing Fee to the Servicer
and then shortfalls in payments of interest on the Notes. The remaining amounts
on deposit in the Reserve Account will be available to cover shortfalls in
payment of the Principal Distribution Amount. If the Reserve Account is
exhausted, the Trust will depend solely on payments on the Receivables to make
distributions on the Notes, and Noteholders will bear the risk of delinquency,
loan losses and repossessions with respect to the Receivables. There can be no
assurance that the future delinquency, loan loss and repossession experience of
the Trust with respect to the Receivables will be better or worse than that set
forth herein with respect to the Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio. Any amounts
released from the Reserve Account to the Seller will not be available to the
Noteholders. See "The Receivables Pool -- Pool Composition"; "-- Delinquencies
and Net Losses" herein and "The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus and
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Subordination of
Holders of Class B Notes, Class C Notes and the Certificateholders" and
"-- Distributions" herein.
 
MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
     As the rate of payment of principal of the Notes depends on the rate of
payment (including prepayments) of the principal balance of the Receivables,
final payment of the Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date. It is expected that final payment of the Notes will
occur on or prior to the Final Scheduled Distribution Date. However, if
sufficient funds are not available to pay the Notes in full on or prior to the
Final Scheduled Distribution Date, a default would occur and final payment of
the Notes could occur later than such date. See "Weighted Average Life of the
Securities" herein and in the Prospectus.
 
                                       S-9
<PAGE>   10
 
RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES
 
     It is a condition to the issuance of the Notes that the Class A Notes be
rated in the highest rating category by at least two Rating Agencies, that the
Class B Notes be rated in at least the third highest rating category by at least
two Rating Agencies and that the Class C Notes be rated in at least the fourth
highest rating category by at least two Rating Agencies. A rating is not a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Notes, inasmuch as such rating does
not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The
ratings of the Notes address the likelihood of the payment of principal and
interest on the Notes pursuant to their terms. There can be no assurance that a
rating will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be
lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment
circumstances in the future so warrant.
 
                                   THE TRUST
 
GENERAL
 
     The Issuer, AFG Receivables Trust 1997-A, is a business trust formed under
the laws of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement for the
transactions described in this Prospectus Supplement. After its formation, the
Trust will not engage in any activity other than (a) acquiring, holding and
managing the Receivables and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds
therefrom, (b) issuing the Notes and the Certificates to finance its purchase of
the Receivables and such other assets, (c) making payments on the Notes and the
Certificates issued by it, and (d) engaging in other activities that are
necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental
thereto or connected therewith.
 
     The Trust will issue the Notes and Certificates to the Seller in exchange
for the Receivables and other Trust property.
 
     If the protection provided to the investment of the Noteholders by the
Reserve Account is insufficient, the Trust will be able to look only to the
Obligors on the Receivables, the proceeds from the repossession and sale of
Financed Vehicles which secure defaulted Receivables and the proceeds from any
other Trust property. In such event, certain factors, such as the Trust's not
having first priority perfected security interests in some of the Financed
Vehicles, may affect the Trust's ability to realize on the collateral securing
the Receivables, and thus may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to
Securityholders with respect to the Securities. See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Accounts" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
 
     The Trust's principal offices are in Delaware, in care of Chase Manhattan
Bank Delaware, as Owner Trustee, at the address listed below under "-- The Owner
Trustee".
 
CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST
 
     The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Trust as of the
Closing Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes and the Certificates have
taken place on such date:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Class A     % Asset Backed Notes......................  $ 73,703,000.00
Class B     % Asset Backed Notes......................    18,701,000.00
Class C     % Asset Backed Notes......................    11,000,000.00
Asset Backed Certificates.............................     6,601,944.94
                                                        ---------------
Total.................................................  $110,005,944.94
                                                        ===============
</TABLE>
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
     Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware is the Owner Trustee under the Trust
Agreement. Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware is a Delaware banking corporation and
its principal offices where information can be obtained relating to the Trust
and the Certificates are located at 1201 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware
19801. The Seller and its affiliates may maintain normal commercial banking
relations with the Owner Trustee and its affiliates.
 
                                      S-10
<PAGE>   11
 
                              THE RECEIVABLES POOL
 
     The Receivables were purchased by AutoFinance Group in the ordinary course
of its business. The pool of Receivables (the "Receivables Pool") will consist
of Receivables purchased by the Trust as of the Cutoff Date. The Receivables
have been selected from the Motor Vehicle Loan portfolio of AutoFinance Group
for inclusion in the Receivables Pool by several criteria, some of which are set
forth in the Prospectus under "The Receivables Pools," as well as the
requirement that each Receivable (a) has an outstanding principal balance of at
least $100.00, (b) as of the Cutoff Date, was not more than 30 days past due,
(c) has a scheduled maturity not later than six months before the Final
Scheduled Maturity Date, (d) was not subject to a force-placed physical damage
insurance policy on the related Financed Vehicle, (e) as of the Cutoff Date, had
an original term to maturity of not more than 60 months and a remaining term to
maturity of not more than 59 months, and (f) has had at least one scheduled
payment received by the Subservicer prior to the Cutoff Date. No selection
criteria or procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse to the
Securityholders were used in selecting the Receivables.
 
POOL COMPOSITION
 
     Set forth in the following tables is information concerning the
composition, distribution by Contract Rate and the geographic distribution of
the Receivables to be conveyed by the Seller to the Trust as of the Cutoff Date.
 
                      COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL
                             AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
     <S>                                                           <C>
     Aggregate Principal Balance.................................           $110,005,944.94
     Number of Receivables.......................................                     9,172
     Average Principal Balance...................................                $11,993.67
       (Range)...................................................   $2,781.66 to $29,116.23
     Average Original Amount Financed............................                $12,244.92
       (Range)...................................................   $3,096.58 to $29,590.50
     Weighted Average Contract Rate..............................                    20.08%
       (Range)...................................................          13.95% to 29.00%
     Weighted Average Original Term..............................              56.81 months
       (Range)...................................................           24 to 60 months
     Weighted Average Remaining Term.............................              54.68 months
       (Range)...................................................           21 to 59 months
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-11
<PAGE>   12
 
                DISTRIBUTION BY CONTRACT RATE OF THE RECEIVABLES
                             AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                               AGGREGATE
                        NUMBER OF         AGGREGATE            PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT RATE RANGE    RECEIVABLES    PRINCIPAL BALANCE       BALANCE(1)
- -------------------    -----------    -----------------    -----------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>                  <C>
13.00 to 13.99                3        $      50,115.34            0.05%
14.00 to 14.99                5               81,213.58            0.07
15.00 to 15.99               88            1,379,362.89            1.25
16.00 to 16.99              202            3,134,142.39            2.85
17.00 to 17.99              309            4,309,624.42            3.92
18.00 to 18.99            3,257           42,255,448.38           38.41
19.00 to 19.99              644            8,715,606.37            7.92
20.00 to 20.99              927           10,769,461.06            9.79
21.00 to 21.99            1,089           11,600,753.68           10.55
22.00 to 22.99              240            2,648,423.62            2.41
23.00 to 23.99              826            9,875,360.34            8.98
24.00 to 24.99              760            7,905,445.60            7.19
25.00 to 25.99              567            5,184,670.35            4.71
26.00 and above             255            2,096,316.92            1.90
                          -----         ---------------          ------
     TOTAL                9,172        $ 110,005,944.94          100.00%
                          =====         ===============          ======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.
 
     Approximately 12.40% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables,
constituting 10.00% of the number of such Receivables as of the Cutoff Date
represented financing of new vehicles and the remainder represented financing of
used vehicles. Approximately 36.56% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Receivables, constituting 35.55% of the number of such Receivables as of the
Cutoff Date, are Precomputed Receivables and the remainder are Simple Interest
Receivables.
 
                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL
                             AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PERCENTAGE OF AGGREGATE
                    STATE(1)                           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
<S>                                                 <C>
North Carolina...................................             23.63%
California.......................................             16.16
Texas............................................              5.89
South Carolina...................................              5.01
Other(2).........................................             49.31
                                                             ------
     TOTALS:.....................................            100.00%
                                                             ======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Based on the billing addresses of the Obligors on the Receivables as of the
    Cutoff Date.
 
(2) Includes 43 other states and the District of Columbia (none of which have a
    concentration of Receivables in excess of 5% of the Original Pool Balance).
 
DELINQUENCIES AND NET LOSSES
 
     Set forth below is certain information concerning the historical
delinquency and loss experience of AutoFinance Group pertaining to Motor Vehicle
Loans.
 
                                      S-12
<PAGE>   13
 
     The following tables summarize AutoFinance Group's delinquency experience
on accounts over 30 days past due and net loss experience on both a number and
dollar basis for all receivables generated under the indirect financing segment
of the Subservicer's Contract Acquisition Program. The experience data includes
both Motor Vehicle Loans which are owned by AutoFinance Group and Motor Vehicle
Loans which have been securitized, in each case which are being serviced by
AutoFinance Group (excluding non-liquidated Motor Vehicle Loans, which are Motor
Vehicle Loans sold to a securitization trust but being serviced, for which the
related vehicle has been repossessed and not yet liquidated). For a discussion
of the underwriting and collection practices of AutoFinance Group, see "The
Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus.
 
                           DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AS OF MARCH 31,                                        AS OF JUNE 30,
                       -------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------------------------
                               1997                   1996                  1996                 1995                 1994
                       --------------------   --------------------   ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                    NO. OF                 NO. OF               NO. OF               NO. OF               NO. OF
                                     MOTOR                  MOTOR                MOTOR                MOTOR                MOTOR
                                    VEHICLE                VEHICLE              VEHICLE              VEHICLE              VEHICLE
                        DOLLARS      LOANS     DOLLARS      LOANS    DOLLARS     LOANS    DOLLARS     LOANS    DOLLARS     LOANS
                       ----------   -------   ----------   -------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------   -------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                    <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Principal
  Outstanding(1).....  $433,434.1    41,802   $277,112.5    27,439   $308,076    30,177   $250,375    24,331   $158,365    16,365
Delinquencies (2)
  30-59 days.........  $  5,581.3       518   $  1,954.0       176   $  3,127       306   $  2,230       194   $    811        82
  60-89 days.........           0         0            0         0          0         0         10         1          0         0
  90 days or more....           0         0            0         0          0         0          0         0          0         0
                       ----------    ------   ----------    ------   ----------  ------   ----------  ------   ----------  ------
  Total
    Delinquencies....  $  5,581.3       518   $  1,954.0       176   $  3,127       306   $  2,240       195   $    811        82
                       ==========    ======   ==========    ======   ==========  ======   ==========  ======   ==========  ======
  Total Delinquencies
    30 Days or over
    as a Percent of
    Principal/
    Contracts........       1.29%      1.24%       0.71%      0.64%     1.02%      1.01%     0.89%      0.80%     0.51%      0.50%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
Notes:
 
(1) Includes Motor Vehicle Loans that previously have been sold by AutoFinance
    Group but which are being serviced by AutoFinance Group and excludes
    non-liquidated Motor Vehicle Loans (Motor Vehicle Loans sold but being
    serviced by AutoFinance Group for which the related vehicle has been
    repossessed and not yet liquidated). At March 31, 1997 and 1996,
    non-liquidated Motor Vehicle Loans were comprised of 557 Motor Vehicle Loans
    aggregating $5,853 thousand and 252 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating $2,569
    thousand, respectively. At June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, non-liquidated
    Motor Vehicle Loans were comprised of 347 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating
    $3,618 thousand, 168 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating $1,644 thousand, and
    117 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating $992 thousand, respectively.
 
(2) The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are
    contractually past due.
 
                                      S-13
<PAGE>   14
 
                         HISTORICAL NET LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              TWELVE CALENDAR                     YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                               MONTHS ENDED      -----------------------------------------------------
                                              MARCH 31, 1997          1996               1995               1994
                                              ---------------    ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
Principal Outstanding(1)....................     $ 433,434          $    308,076       $    250,375       $    158,365
                                                   =======               =======            =======            =======
Average Principal Outstanding(2)............     $ 350,952          $    271,328       $    206,249       $    108,689
                                                   =======               =======            =======            =======
Total Gross Charge-Offs(3)..................     $  34,837          $     24,445       $     13,936       $      4,738
Total Recoveries............................         6,685                 6,203              2,816              1,219
                                                   -------               -------            -------            -------
Total Net Losses............................     $  28,152          $     18,242       $     11,120       $      3,519
                                                   =======               =======            =======            =======
Net Losses as a Percentage of Principal
  Outstanding(4)............................          6.50%                 5.92%              4.44%              2.22%
Net Losses as a Percentage of Average
  Principal Outstanding(4)..................          8.02%                 6.72%              5.39%              3.24%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
Notes:
 
(1) Includes Motor Vehicle Loans that previously have been sold by AutoFinance
    Group but which are being serviced by AutoFinance Group and excludes
    non-liquidated Motor Vehicle Loans (Motor Vehicle Loans sold by AutoFinance
    Group but being serviced by AutoFinance Group, for which the related vehicle
    has been repossessed and not yet liquidated). At March 31, 1997 and 1996,
    non-liquidated Motor Vehicle Loans were comprised of 557 Motor Vehicle Loans
    aggregating $5,853 thousand and 252 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating $2,569
    thousand, respectively. At June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994, non-liquidated
    Motor Vehicle Loans were comprised of 347 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating
    $3,618 thousand, 168 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating $1,644 thousand, and
    117 Motor Vehicle Loans aggregating $992 thousand, respectively.
 
(2) The average end of month principal outstanding for the period excludes
    non-liquidated Motor Vehicle Loans (Motor Vehicle Loans sold but being
    serviced, for which the related vehicle has been repossessed and not yet
    liquidated).
 
(3) Excludes anticipated losses associated with non-liquidated receivables.
 
(4) Net losses for the nine months ended March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,
    were 5.60% and 5.19%, as a percentage of principal outstanding, and 6.56%
    and 5.45%, as a percentage of average principal outstanding. Because
    AutoFinance Group historically experiences an upward trend in losses in the
    latter half of a calendar year followed by a steady improvement in the first
    half of the next calendar year, AutoFinance Group does not believe that such
    nine-month period amounts, if annualized, would reflect the net loss
    experience of the Motor Vehicle Loans.
 
     Delinquencies and net charge-offs are affected by a number of social,
economic and other factors that may affect an Obligor's ability or willingness
to pay, such as the amount or types of indebtedness incurred by such Obligor in
addition to the Receivable on which such Obligor is indebted, and there can be
no assurance as to the level of future total delinquencies or the severity of
future net charge-offs. As a result, the delinquency and net charge-off
experience of the Receivables may differ from those shown in the tables.
 
            THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, AUTOFINANCE GROUP AND KEYCORP
 
     Information regarding AutoFinance Group is set forth under "AutoFinance
Group" in the Prospectus, information regarding the Seller is set forth under
"The Seller" in the Prospectus and information regarding the Servicer is set
forth under "The Bank" in the Prospectus. Each of AutoFinance Group, the Seller
and the Servicer is a wholly-owned subsidiary of KeyCorp. KeyCorp operates
through subsidiaries engaged in banking and a variety of related businesses. As
of December 31, 1996, KeyCorp had consolidated total assets of $67.6 billion,
total deposits of $45.3 billion, and total stockholders' equity of $4.9 billion.
Based on total assets as of December 31, 1996, KeyCorp was the fourteenth
largest commercial banking organization in the United States.
 
                                      S-14
<PAGE>   15
 
                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES
 
     Information regarding certain maturity and prepayment considerations with
respect to the Securities is set forth under "Weighted Average Life of
Securities" in the Prospectus and "Description of the Notes -- Payments of
Principal." As the rate of payment of principal of each class of Notes depends
primarily on the rate of payment (including prepayments) of the Principal
Balance of the Receivables, final payment of the Notes could occur significantly
earlier than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date. Reinvestment risk associated
with early payment of the Notes will be borne exclusively by the Noteholders. It
is expected that final payment of the Notes will occur on or prior to the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date. However, if sufficient funds are not available to
pay the Notes in full on or prior to the Final Scheduled Distribution Date, a
default would occur and final payment of the Notes could occur later than such
date.
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
     The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, a form of which has
been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of the Indenture
will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Securities. The
following summary, together with the description in the Prospectus under the
heading "Description of the Notes," describes certain terms of the Notes and the
Indenture. The summary describes the material terms of the Notes and the
Indenture, but it does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes and
the Indenture. Where particular provisions or terms used in the Indenture are
referred to, the actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are
incorporated by reference as part of such summary. The following summary
supplements the description of the general terms and provisions of the Notes of
any given series and the related Indenture set forth in the Prospectus, to which
description reference is hereby made. Bankers Trust Company will be the
Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. The address of the Indenture Trustee at
which information regarding the Trust and Notes may be obtained is 4 Albany
Street, Mail Stop 5101, New York, New York 10006.
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
     Each class of the Notes will constitute Fixed Rate Securities, as such term
is defined under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Fixed Rate
Securities" in the Prospectus. Interest on the principal balances of each class
of the Notes will accrue at the respective Interest Rate for such class and will
be payable to the Noteholders monthly on each Distribution Date, commencing July
15, 1997. On each Distribution Date, interest on each class of Notes will be an
amount equal to one twelfth (or the actual number of days from and including the
Closing Date to but excluding July 15, 1997 divided by 360, for the initial
Distribution Date) of the applicable Interest Rate multiplied by the principal
amount of such class of Notes as of the close of business on the preceding
Distribution Date (or, for the initial Distribution Date, the Closing Date).
Interest distributions due for any Distribution Date but not distributed on such
Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date increased by an
amount equal to interest on such amount at the applicable Interest Rate (to the
extent lawful). See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- 
Distributions" and "-- Accounts."
 
     Holders of Class C Notes will not receive any interest payments on a
Distribution Date until the full amount of accrued interest on the Class B Notes
has been paid and holders of Class B Notes will not receive any interest
payments on a Distribution Date until the full amount of accrued interest on the
Class A Notes has been paid. In the event the amount available to pay interest
in respect of any class of Notes is less than the amount of interest payable on
such class of Notes on any Distribution Date, the holders of such class of Notes
will receive their ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount of interest
due to each such holder) of the aggregate amount available to be distributed in
respect of interest on such class of Notes.
 
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
 
     Principal payments will be made to the Noteholders on each Distribution
Date in an amount generally equal to the Noteholders' Principal Distributable
Amount. Principal payments on the Notes will generally be derived
 
                                      S-15
<PAGE>   16
 
from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the payment of the Servicing
Fee and the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Accounts."
 
     On each Distribution Date, payments in respect of principal on the Notes
will be made to each class of Noteholders on a pro rata basis (based upon the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of such class) until the principal
balance of each class of Notes is reduced to zero. The principal balance of each
class of Notes, to the extent not previously paid, will be due on the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date. The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding
principal balance of any class of Notes is paid may be earlier than the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date based on a variety of factors, including those
described under "Weighted Average Life of the Securities" herein and in the
Prospectus. After the occurrence of an Event of Default that has resulted in an
acceleration of the Notes, the holders of the Class C Notes will not be entitled
to receive any payments of principal of the Class C Notes until payment in full
of all principal of and accrued interest on the Class B Notes and the holders of
the Class B Notes will not be entitled to receive any payments of principal of
the Class B Notes until payment in full of all principal of and accrued interest
on the Class A Notes.
 
RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
     Upon an Event of Default, the Noteholders will have the rights set forth in
the Prospectus under "Description of the Notes -- The Indenture." The Indenture
Trustee may sell the Receivables subject to certain conditions set forth in the
Indenture following an Event of Default, including a default in the payment of
any principal of or a default for five days or more in the payment of any
interest on any Note. In the event of a sale of the Receivables by the Indenture
Trustee following an Event of Default, the Noteholders and Certificateholders
will receive notice and an opportunity to submit a bid in respect of such sale.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     On any Distribution Date, the Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not in
part, if the Seller exercises its option to purchase the Receivables. The Seller
may purchase the Receivables when the Pool Balance as of the end of the related
Collection Period has declined to 5% or less of the Original Pool Balance, as
described in the Prospectus under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Termination". The redemption price will be equal to the unpaid
principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
 
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
     The Certificates are not being offered hereby and will be held initially by
the Seller. The Seller may, however, sell or transfer the Certificates or
interests therein to third parties. The Certificates will be issued pursuant to
the Trust Agreement, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. A copy of the Trust Agreement will be filed with the
Commission following the issuance of the Securities. The following summary,
together with the description in the Prospectus under the heading "Description
of the Certificates," describes certain terms of the Certificates and the Trust
Agreement. The summary describes the material terms of the Certificates and the
Trust Agreement, but it does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the
Certificates and the Trust Agreement. The following summary supplements the
description of the general terms and provisions of the Certificates of any given
series and the related Trust Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, to which
description reference is hereby made.
 
     Certificateholders will not receive any distributions on any Distribution
Date until the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and Noteholders'
Principal Distributable Amount have been deposited in the Note Distribution
Account and any deposits to the Reserve Account necessary to fund the Specified
Reserve Account Balance have been made. Thereafter, Certificateholders will be
entitled to distributions on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the
Certificateholders' Distributable Amount. In the absence of losses, a portion of
the equity represented by the initial Certificate Balance will remain
outstanding until all principal of and interest on the Notes has been paid in
full. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Accounts."
 
                                      S-16
<PAGE>   17
 
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
 
     The following summary, together with the description in the Prospectus
under the heading "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements,"
describes certain terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust
Agreement. Forms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement
have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement. Copies of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement will be filed with the
Commission following the issuance of the Securities. The summary describes the
material terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement, but
it does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its
entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Trust Agreement. The following summary supplements the description of
the general terms and provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Trust Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, to which description reference is
hereby made.
 
ACCOUNTS
 
     Accounts referred to under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Accounts" in the Prospectus will be established and maintained in
the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Account will be invested in
Eligible Investments selected by the Seller and, if permitted by the Rating
Agencies, funds on deposit in the Reserve Account may be invested in Eligible
Investments that mature later than the next Deposit Date. All investment
earnings on funds deposited in the Trust Accounts (including the Reserve
Account), net of losses and investment expenses, will be distributed to the
Seller or Servicer and will not be treated as collections on the Receivables or
otherwise be available for Noteholders or Certificateholders. Upon any
distribution to the Servicer or Seller of amounts from the Reserve Account, the
Securityholders will not have any rights in, or claims to, such amounts.
 
     On each Deposit Date, the Indenture Trustee will withdraw funds from the
Reserve Account in the amount of the Reserve Account Transfer Amount, if any.
Such withdrawal may result from, among other things, Receivables becoming
Defaulted Receivables or the failure by the Servicer to make any remittance
required to be made under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Indenture
Trustee will deposit the proceeds of such withdrawal into the Collection Account
on or before the Distribution Date with respect to which such withdrawal was
made.
 
          "Specified Reserve Account Balance" means, for any Distribution Date,
     the greater of (a) the Maximum Specified Reserve Balance and (b) the
     Minimum Specified Reserve Balance as of such Distribution Date.
 
          "Average Delinquency Ratio" means, as of any Distribution Date, the
     average of the Delinquency Ratios for the preceding three Collection
     Periods.
 
          "Average Net Loss Ratio" means, as of any Distribution Date, the
     average of the Net Loss Ratios for the preceding three Collection Periods.
 
          "Delinquency Ratio" means, for any Collection Period, a fraction,
     expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the sum of (x) the
     aggregate Principal Balances of Receivables delinquent over 60 days, (y)
     the aggregate Principal Balances of Receivables with respect to which the
     related Financed Vehicles have been repossessed, but such Receivables have
     not been charged off and (z) the aggregate Principal Balance of all
     Receivables the term of which has been extended, as of the last day of such
     Collection Period, and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance as of
     the close of business on the last day of such Collection Period.
 
          "Maximum Specified Reserve Balance" means, for any Distribution Date:
 
        (a) 5% of the Original Pool Balance until the balance of the Reserve
            Account is $5,500,297.25; or
 
        (b) Thereafter, the lesser of (A) $5,500,297.25 and (B) the amount by
            which (1) 45% of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the
            preceding Collection Period exceeds (2) the Overcollateralization
            Amount; or
 
        (c) If a Reserve Account Increase Condition is in effect, the greater
            of:
 
                                      S-17
<PAGE>   18
 
            (i) The amount calculated pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) or
                (b), whichever is applicable, and
 
           (ii) 7.5% of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the preceding
                Collection Period.
 
          "Minimum Specified Reserve Balance" with respect to any Distribution
     Date means the lesser of (i) $2,200,118.90 and (ii) the aggregate
     outstanding principal balance of the Notes on such Distribution Date (after
     giving effect to all payments of principal on the Notes on such
     Distribution Date).
 
          "Net Loss Ratio" means, for any Collection Period, a fraction,
     expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the annualized net
     losses for such Collection Period and the denominator of which is the Pool
     Balance as of the opening of business on the first day of such Collection
     Period.
 
          "Overcollateralization Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the
     excess of the Pool Balance as of the last day of the Collection Period
     preceding such Distribution Date over the outstanding principal balance of
     the Class A Notes on such Distribution Date (after giving effect to any
     distributions on such Distribution Date).
 
     A "Reserve Account Increase Condition" shall be in effect for any
Distribution Date as of which either the Average Delinquency Ratio or the
Average Net Loss Ratio is at least a specified percentage through and including
the third consecutive Distribution Date as of which both such ratios do not
exceed and have not exceeded such specified percentage.
 
     The Specified Reserve Account Balance may be reduced and the specified
percentage referred to in the preceding paragraph may be modified from time to
time if the Rating Agencies have delivered prior written notice to the Seller,
the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee that such reduction or
modification, as the case may be, will not result in a reduction, withdrawal or
qualification of each Rating Agency's then current ratings of each class of the
Notes. Before the Closing Date, the Seller will make the Reserve Account
Deposit. The time necessary for the Reserve Account to reach and maintain the
Specified Reserve Account Balance initially after the Closing Date and at any
time following a withdrawal therefrom will be affected by the delinquency,
credit loss, repossession and prepayment experience of the Receivables and,
therefore, cannot be accurately predicted.
 
          "Reserve Account Transfer Amount" means, on any Distribution Date, an
     amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash or other immediately
     available funds on deposit in the Reserve Account on such Distribution Date
     (exclusive of any investment earnings and before giving effect to any
     withdrawals therefrom relating to such Distribution Date) and (b) the
     amount, if any, by which (i) the sum of the Servicing Fee for the related
     Collection Period and all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees for prior
     Collection Periods, the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and the
     Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date
     exceeds (ii) the sum of the Available Interest and the Available Principal
     for such Distribution Date.
 
     If funds in the Reserve Account are reduced to zero, the Noteholders will
bear the credit and other risks associated with ownership of the Receivables. In
such a case, the amount available for distribution may be less than that
described below, and the Noteholders may experience delays or suffer losses as a
result, among other things, of defaults or delinquencies by the Obligors or
previous extensions made by the Servicer.
 
     If the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on any Distribution Date
(after giving effect to the withdrawal of the Reserve Account Transfer Amount,
if any, for such Distribution Date) is greater than the Specified Reserve
Account Balance for such Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee will
distribute such excess to the Seller.
 
     The Servicer will also establish a Payahead Account in the name of the
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and Certificateholders. On each
Deposit Date, the Indenture Trustee will withdraw funds from the Payahead
Account and deposit in the Collection Account (x) with respect to each
Precomputed Receivable for which the payments made by or on behalf of the
Obligor for the related Collection Period are less than the scheduled payment
for the related Collection Period, the amount of Payaheads, if any, made with
respect to such
 
                                      S-18
<PAGE>   19
 
Receivable which, when added to the amount of such payments, is equal to the
amount of such scheduled payment, (y) with respect to each Precomputed
Receivable for which prepayments insufficient to prepay the Receivable in full
have been made by or on behalf of the Obligor for the related Collection Period,
the amount of Payaheads, if any, made with respect to such Receivable which,
when added to the amount of such prepayments, is equal to an amount sufficient
to prepay such Receivable in full, and (z) the amount of all Payaheads, if any,
made with respect to any Purchased Receivable.
 
     To the extent such collections and payments on a Precomputed Receivable
during a Collection Period exceed the scheduled payment on such Precomputed
Receivable and are insufficient to prepay the Precomputed Receivable in full,
such collections and payments will be treated as Payaheads until such later
Collection Period as such Payaheads may be transferred to the Collection Account
and applied either to the scheduled payments due or to prepay the Precomputed
Receivable in full. On each Deposit Date, the Servicer will remit to the
Indenture Trustee for deposit in the Payahead Account the aggregate amount of
collections on Precomputed Receivables treated as Payaheads for the Collection
Period related to such Distribution Date.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
     The Servicing Fee Rate shall be 3.50% per annum, calculated on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The Servicing Fee, with
respect to any Distribution Date, will be an amount equal to the product of (a)
one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate, multiplied by (b) the Pool Balance as of
the first day of the preceding Collection Period, provided, that (for so long as
AutoFinance Group is the Subservicer), on each of the first nine Distribution
Dates following the Closing Date, receipt of the Servicing Fee will be
subordinate in priority of payment to payment of interest and principal on the
Notes and the funding of the Specified Reserve Account Balance in the Reserve
Account. The Servicing Fee in respect of a Collection Period (together with any
portion of the Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates)
may be paid at the beginning of such Collection Period out of collections for
such Collection Period. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.
 
     The Servicer will also collect and retain any late fees, extension fees,
prepayment charges and certain non-sufficient funds charges and other
administrative fees or similar charges (the "Supplemental Servicing Fee")
allowed by applicable law with respect to the Receivables. Payments by or on
behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late fees and
other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and procedures.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus and "-- Distributions"
herein.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
     Deposits to Collection Account. On or before each Distribution Date, the
Servicer will cause all collections and other amounts constituting the Total
Distribution Amount to be deposited into the Collection Account.
 
          "Available Interest" for a Distribution Date shall mean the sum of the
     following amounts with respect to the related Collection Period: (a) that
     portion of the Collections on the Receivables received during the related
     Collection Period that is allocable to interest in accordance with the
     Servicer's customary servicing procedures (including, without duplication,
     amounts allocable to interest withdrawn from the Payahead Account, but
     excluding such amounts deposited in the Payahead Account); (b) all
     Liquidation Proceeds received during such Collection Period; and (c) all
     Purchase Amounts, to the extent attributable to accrued interest, of all
     Receivables that are repurchased by the Seller or purchased by the Servicer
     under an obligation which arose during the related Collection Period.
     "Available Interest" for any Distribution Date shall exclude all payments
     and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase Amount of which has been
     distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
 
          "Available Principal" for a Distribution Date means the sum of the
     following amounts with respect to the preceding Collection Period: (a) that
     portion of all Collections received during such Collection Period and
     allocable to principal in accordance with Servicer's customary servicing
     procedures (including, without duplication, amounts allocable to principal
     withdrawn from the Payahead Account, but excluding such amounts deposited
     in the Payahead Account); and (b) to the extent attributable to principal,
     the Purchase
 
                                      S-19
<PAGE>   20
 
     Amount received with respect to each Receivable repurchased by Seller or
     purchased by Servicer under an obligation which arose during the related
     Collection Period. "Available Principal" on any Distribution Date shall
     exclude all payments and proceeds of any Receivables the Purchase Amount of
     which has been distributed on a prior Distribution Date.
 
          "Certificate Balance" equals, initially, $6,601,944.94 and,
     thereafter, equals the initial Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts
     allocable to and previously distributed to Certificateholders.
 
          "Certificateholders' Percentage" means, for any Distribution Date,
     100% minus the Noteholders' Percentage for such Distribution Date.
 
          "Certificateholders' Distributable Amount" means, for any Distribution
     Date, the Certificateholders' Percentage of the Principal Distribution
     Amount.
 
          "Contract Rate" means, with respect to a Receivable, the rate per
     annum of interest charged on the outstanding principal balance of such
     Receivable.
 
          "Defaulted Receivable" means, with respect to any Collection Period, a
     Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable) that is more than 120 days
     past due as of the last day of such Collection Period; provided, however,
     that any Receivable which the Seller or Servicer is obligated to repurchase
     or purchase shall be deemed to have become a Defaulted Receivable during a
     Collection Period if the Seller or Servicer fails to deposit the Purchase
     Amount on the related Deposit Date when due.
 
          "Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to any Receivable that has
     become a Defaulted Receivable, (a) insurance proceeds received by the
     Servicer, with respect to insurance policies relating to the Financed
     Vehicles or the Obligors, (b) amounts received by the Servicer in
     connection with such Defaulted Receivable pursuant to the exercise of
     rights under the related Motor Vehicle Loan, and (c) the monies collected
     by the Servicer (from whatever source, including, but not limited to,
     proceeds of a sale of a Financed Vehicle, or deficiency balance recovered
     after the charge-off of the related Receivable) on such Defaulted
     Receivable, net of any expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection
     therewith and any payments required by law to be remitted to the Obligor.
 
          "Principal Distribution Amount" means, for any Distribution Date, the
     sum of (a) the Available Principal for such Distribution Date, and (b) the
     amount of Realized Losses for the related Collection Period.
 
          "Purchase Amount" of any Receivable means, with respect to any Deposit
     Date and the last day of the related Collection Period, an amount equal to
     the sum of (a) the outstanding principal balance of such Receivable as of
     the last day of such Collection Period and (b) the amount of accrued and
     unpaid interest on such principal balance at the related Contract Rate from
     the date a payment was last made by or on behalf of the Obligor through and
     including the last day of such Collection Period, in each case after giving
     effect to the receipt of monies collected on such Receivable in such
     Collection Period.
 
          "Purchased Receivable" means a Receivable purchased as of the close of
     business on the last day of a Collection Period by the Servicer or
     repurchased by the Seller pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
 
          "Realized Losses" means, for any Collection Period, the aggregate
     principal balances of any Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables
     during such Collection Period.
 
          "Total Distribution Amount" means, for each Distribution Date, the sum
     of (a) the Available Interest, (b) the Available Principal and (c) the
     Reserve Account Transfer Amount, in each case in respect of such
     Distribution Date.
 
     Deposits to the Distribution Accounts and the Reserve Account. On each
Distribution Date, Servicer shall instruct Indenture Trustee or, in the event
that the Collection Account is maintained with an institution other than
Indenture Trustee, instruct and cause such institution (based on the information
contained in the Servicer's Report delivered on the related Determination Date)
to make, and Indenture Trustee or such other institution shall make,
 
                                      S-20
<PAGE>   21
 
the following deposits and distributions from the Collection Account for deposit
in the applicable account by 11:00 a.m. (New York time), to the extent of the
Total Distribution Amount, in the following order of priority:
 
          (a) to Servicer, from the Total Distribution Amount, the Servicing Fee
     for the related Collection Period and all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees
     for prior Collection Periods, provided, that (for so long as AutoFinance
     Group is the Subservicer), payment of the Servicing Fee on each of the
     first nine Distribution Dates following the Closing Date and payment
     thereafter of all unpaid Servicing Fees for such Distribution Dates, will
     be subordinate in priority of payment to both payment of interest and
     principal on the Notes for each such Distribution Date and the funding of
     the Specified Reserve Account Balance in the Reserve Account;
 
          (b) to the Note Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution
     Amount remaining after the application of clause (a), the Noteholders'
     Interest Distributable Amount;
 
          (c) to the Note Distribution Account, from the Total Distribution
     Amount remaining after the application of clauses (a) and (b), the
     Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount;
 
          (d) from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application
     of clauses (a) through (c), to the Reserve Account, until the amount on
     deposit in the Reserve Account equals the Specified Reserve Account
     Balance;
 
          (e) from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application
     of clauses (a) through (d), to the Servicer (if AutoFinance Group is the
     Subservicer), all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees for any of the first
     nine Distribution Dates following the Closing Date;
 
          (f) from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the application
     of clauses (a) through (e), to the Seller, the Certificateholders'
     Distributable Amount; and
 
          (g) to the Seller, any amounts remaining.
 
     On each Determination Date (other than the first Determination Date), the
Servicer will provide the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee with certain
information with respect to the Collection Period related to the prior
Distribution Date, including the amount of aggregate collections on the
Receivables, the aggregate amount of Receivables which were written off and the
aggregate Purchase Amount of Receivables to be repurchased by the Seller or to
be purchased by the Servicer.
 
          "Class A Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the excess of the Class A Noteholders' Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any
     outstanding Class A Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such
     preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the
     Class A Notes that was actually paid to holders of the Class A Notes on the
     preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due
     but not paid to Holders of the Class A Notes on the preceding Distribution
     Date, to the extent permitted by law, in an amount equal to the product of
     (i) the quotient of the number of days elapsed in the related Interest
     Period divided by 360 multiplied by (ii) the Class A Interest Rate
     multiplied by (iii) the amount of such interest due but not paid in respect
     of the Class A Notes.
 
          "Class A Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A Noteholders' Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount and (b) the Class A Noteholders' Interest Carryover
     Shortfall, in each case for such Distribution Date.
 
          "Class A Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means,
     for any Distribution Date, the product of one-twelfth (or, in the case of
     the first Distribution Date the actual number of days elapsed from and
     including the Closing Date to but excluding July 15, 1997 divided by 360)
     multiplied by the Class A Interest Rate multiplied by the Outstanding
     Amount of the Class A Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date
     after giving effect to all payments of principal to the holders of the
     Class A Notes on or prior to such immediately preceding Distribution Date
     (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Outstanding Amount of
     the Class A Notes on the Closing Date).
 
                                      S-21
<PAGE>   22
 
          "Class B Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the excess of the Class B Noteholders' Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any
     outstanding Class B Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such
     preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the
     Class B Notes that was actually paid to holders of the Class B Notes on the
     preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due
     but not paid to holders of the Class B Notes on the preceding Distribution
     Date, to the extent permitted by law, in an amount equal to the product of
     one-twelfth multiplied by the Class B Interest Rate multiplied by the
     amount of such interest due but not paid in respect of the Class B Notes.
 
          "Class B Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class B Noteholders' Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount and (b) the Class B Noteholders' Interest Carryover
     Shortfall, in each case for such Distribution Date.
 
          "Class B Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means,
     for any Distribution Date, the product of one-twelfth (or, in the case of
     the first Distribution Date the actual number of days elapsed from and
     including the Closing Date to but excluding July 15, 1997 divided by 360)
     multiplied by the Class B Interest Rate multiplied by the Outstanding
     Amount of the Class B Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date
     after giving effect to all payments of principal to the holders of the
     Class B Notes on or prior to such immediately preceding Distribution Date
     (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Outstanding Amount of
     the Class B Notes on the Closing Date).
 
          "Class C Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the excess of the Class C Noteholders' Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any
     outstanding Class C Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such
     preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the
     Class C Notes that was actually paid to holders of the Class C Notes on the
     preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due
     but not paid to holders of the Class C Notes on the preceding Distribution
     Date, to the extent permitted by law, in an amount equal to the product of
     one-twelfth multiplied by the Class C Interest Rate multiplied by the
     amount of such interest due but not paid in respect of the Class C Notes.
 
          "Class C Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class C Noteholders' Monthly Interest
     Distributable Amount and (b) the Class C Noteholders' Interest Carryover
     Shortfall, in each case for such Distribution Date.
 
          "Class C Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means,
     for any Distribution Date, the product of one-twelfth (or, in the case of
     the first Distribution Date the actual number of days elapsed from and
     including the Closing Date to but excluding July 15, 1997 divided by 360)
     multiplied by the Class C Interest Rate multiplied by the Outstanding
     Amount of the Class C Notes on the immediately preceding Distribution Date
     after giving effect to all payments of principal to the holders of the
     Class C Notes on or prior to such immediately preceding Distribution Date
     (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Outstanding Amount of
     the Class C Notes on the Closing Date).
 
          "Determination Date" means, with respect to any Collection Period, the
     tenth day of the calendar month following such Collection Period (or, if
     the tenth day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).
 
          "Noteholders' Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
     Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Principal Distributable
     Amount and the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount.
 
          "Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the sum of (a) the Class A Noteholders' Interest
     Distributable Amount, (b) the Class B Noteholders' Interest Distributable
     Amount and (c) the Class C Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount, in
     each case, for such Distribution Date.
 
          "Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Percentage of the Principal
     Distribution Amount.
 
                                      S-22
<PAGE>   23
 
          "Noteholders' Percentage" means, (a) 100% for any Distribution Date
     (i) on which the balance of the Reserve Account, after giving effect to all
     withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date, would be less than the
     Specified Reserve Account Balance or (ii) to the extent the Note Pool
     Factor has not been reduced to 0.9000000 and (b) 94.0% in all other cases.
 
          "Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
     any Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
     Distributable Amount and any outstanding Noteholders' Principal Carryover
     Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect
     of principal that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account.
 
          "Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, for any
     Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
     Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders'
     Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution
     Date; provided that the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall
     not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Notes. In addition, on
     the Final Scheduled Distribution Date, the principal required to be
     deposited in the Note Distribution Account will include the amount
     necessary (after giving effect to the other amounts to be deposited in the
     Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to
     principal) to reduce the outstanding amount of each class of Notes to zero.
 
     Distributions from the Note Distribution Account. On each Distribution
Date, all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account (other than
investment earnings) will be generally paid in the following order of priority:
 
          (a) to the holders of the Class A Notes, on a pro rata basis, accrued
     and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
     Notes at the Class A Interest Rate;
 
          (b) to the holders of the Class B Notes, on a pro rata basis, accrued
     and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class B
     Notes at the Class B Interest Rate;
 
          (c) to the holders of the Class C Notes, on a pro rata basis, accrued
     and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Class C
     Notes at the Class C Interest Rate; and
 
          (d) to the holders of the Notes, on a pro rata basis, the Noteholders'
     Principal Distributable Amount in reduction of principal until the
     principal balance of each class of Notes has been reduced to zero.
 
SUBORDINATION OF HOLDERS OF CLASS C NOTES, CLASS B NOTES AND THE
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
     The protection afforded to the holders of the Notes through subordination
will be effected both by the preferential right of the holders of the Notes to
receive current distributions with respect to the Receivables and by the
establishment of the Reserve Account. The holders of the Class C Notes will not
receive any payments in respect of interest on a Distribution Date or after the
occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in an acceleration of the
Notes, until the full amount of accrued interest on the Class B Notes has been
paid and holders of the Class B Notes will not receive any payments in respect
of interest on a Distribution Date or after any such Event of Default until the
full amount of accrued interest on the Class A Notes has been paid. Payments of
principal of the Notes will be made ratably to each class of Notes on each
Distribution Date, except that after the occurrence of an Event of Default which
has resulted in an acceleration of the Notes, payments of principal on the Class
C Notes will be subordinated in priority of payment to payment in full of all
principal of the Class B Notes and payments of principal of the Class B Notes
will be subordinated in priority of payment to payment in full of all principal
of the Class A Notes. Certificateholders will not receive any distributions on
any Distribution Date until the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount have been deposited in the Note
Distribution Account, any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees have been paid to
the Servicer and any deposits to the Reserve Account necessary to fund the
Specified Reserve Account Balance have been made. Upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default which has resulted in an acceleration of the Notes,
distributions on the Certificates will be subordinated in priority of payment to
payment in full of principal of and accrued interest on the Notes.
 
     The subordination of the Certificates and the Notes on the terms described
in the preceding paragraph and the establishment and maintenance of the Reserve
Account are intended to enhance the likelihood of receipt by
 
                                      S-23
<PAGE>   24
 
holders of the Notes of the full amount of principal and interest due them and
to decrease the likelihood that the holders of the Notes will experience losses.
In addition, the Reserve Account is intended to enhance the likelihood of
receipt by Noteholders of the full amount of principal and interest due them and
to decrease the likelihood that the Noteholders will experience losses. However,
in certain circumstances, the Reserve Account could be depleted. If the amount
required to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account to cover shortfalls in
collections on the Receivables exceeds the amount of available cash in the
Reserve Account, Noteholders could incur losses or a temporary shortfall in the
amounts distributed to the Noteholders could result, which could, in turn,
increase the average life of the Notes.
 
                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
 
     Information regarding certain legal aspects of the Receivables is set forth
under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
 
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     The following is a general summary of material federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes. The
following summary represents the opinion of Thompson Hine & Flory LLP ("Federal
Tax Counsel") subject to the qualifications set forth herein. An opinion of
Federal Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the IRS or the courts. No ruling
on any of the issues discussed below will be sought from the IRS. The following
summary is intended as an explanatory discussion of the possible effects of
certain federal income tax consequences to holders generally, but does not
purport to furnish information in the level of detail or with the attention to a
holder's specific tax circumstances that would be provided by a holder's own tax
advisor. For example, it does not discuss the tax treatment of Noteholders that
are insurance companies, regulated investment companies or dealers in
securities. In addition, the discussion regarding the Notes is limited to the
federal income tax consequences of the initial Noteholders and not a purchaser
in the secondary market. Moreover, there are no cases or Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving both debt and equity
interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the Notes. As a
result, the IRS may disagree with all or a part of the discussion below.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining
the federal, state, local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes.
 
     The following summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to change,
which change may be retroactive.
 
SCOPE OF THE TAX OPINIONS
 
     In the opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, the Trust will not be classified as
a separate entity that is an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. Further, with respect
to the Notes, Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Notes will be
characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes.
 
     In addition, Federal Tax Counsel has prepared or reviewed the statements
under the heading "Summary of Terms -- Tax Status" as they relate to federal
income tax matters and under the heading "Federal Income Tax Consequences"
herein and in the Prospectus and is of the opinion that such statements are
correct in all material respects. Such statements are intended as an explanatory
discussion of certain federal income tax matters affecting investors generally,
but do not purport to furnish information in the level of detail or with the
attention to the investor's specific tax circumstances that would be provided by
an investor's own tax adviser. Accordingly, each investor is advised to consult
its own tax advisers with regard to the tax consequences to it of investing in
the Notes.
 
                                      S-24
<PAGE>   25
 
TAX CLASSIFICATION OF THE TRUST
 
     Federal Tax Counsel is of the opinion that the Trust will not be classified
as a separate entity that is an association (or publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. A copy of such opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel will be filed with the Commission as an exhibit to a Form
8-K prior to an issuance of Securities by the Trust. This opinion is based on
the assumption that all of the transactions will comply with the terms of the
Trust Agreement and related documents.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES
 
     Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness.  The Seller will agree, and the
Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt
for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. In the opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel, the Notes will be characterized as debt for federal
income tax purposes. A copy of such opinion of Federal Tax Counsel will be filed
with the Commission with a Form 8-K following the issuance of the Notes. The
discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.
 
     The discussion below assumes that all payments on the Notes are denominated
in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are not Strip Notes. Moreover, the
discussion assumes that the interest formula for the Notes meets the
requirements for "qualified stated interest" under Treasury regulations (the
"OID regulations") relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that any OID
on the Notes (i.e., any excess of the principal amount of the Notes over their
issue price) does not exceed a de minimis amount (i.e.,  1/4% of their principal
amount multiplied by the number of full years included in their term), all
within the meaning of the OID regulations.
 
     Interest Income on the Notes.  Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a Noteholder as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a
Note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include such OID in income, on
a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note. It is believed
that any prepayment premium paid as a result of a mandatory redemption will be
taxable as contingent interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally
payable. A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal amount
will generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.
 
     Sale or Other Disposition.  If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note, increased by any market discount, OID and gain previously
included by such Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased by
the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by the amount of
principal payments previously received by such Noteholder with respect to such
Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as
a capital asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued
market discount not previously included in income. Capital losses generally may
be used by a corporate taxpayer only to offset capital gains, and by an
individual taxpayer only to the extent of capital gains plus $3,000 of other
income.
 
     Foreign Holders.  Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder who
is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-United States person (a
"foreign person") generally will be considered "portfolio interest", and
generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person and the
foreign person (i) is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder"
of the Trust or the Seller (including a holder of 10% of the outstanding
Certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the
Trust or the Seller is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code and
(ii) provides the Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to withhold
U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or
a similar form), signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the
beneficial owner of the Note is a foreign person and providing the foreign
person's name and address. If a Note is held through a securities clearing
organization or certain other financial institutions, the organization or
institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent;
in that case, however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or
substitute form provided by the foreign person that owns the Note. If such
 
                                      S-25
<PAGE>   26
 
interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States
federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.
 
     Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
 
     In April, 1996, proposed Treasury Regulations (the "1996 Proposed
Regulations") were issued which, if adopted in final form, could affect the
United States taxation of non-U.S. holders. The 1996 Proposed Regulations are
generally proposed to be effective for payments after December 31, 1997, subject
to certain transition rules. It cannot be predicted at this time whether the
1996 Proposed Regulations will become effective as proposed or what, if any,
modifications may be made to them. The 1996 Proposed Regulations would, if
adopted, alter the rules under this heading and under "-- Backup Withholding"
below in certain respects. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax
advisors with respect to the effect the 1996 Proposed Regulations may have if
adopted.
 
     Backup Withholding.  Each holder of a Note (other than an exempt holder
such as a corporation, tax exempt organization, qualified pension and profit
sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under
penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder
is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt Noteholder fail to
provide the required certification, the Trust will be required to withhold 31
percent of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
Noteholders should consult with their tax advisors as to their eligibility for
exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.
The 1996 Proposed Regulations would, if adopted, alter the foregoing rules in
certain respects.
 
     Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes.  If, contrary to the opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be
treated as equity interests in the Trust. If so treated, the Trust might be
treated as a publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a
corporation because it would meet certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless,
treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such a publicly traded partnership
could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders. For example, income to
certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) would be "unrelated
business taxable income," income to foreign holders generally would be subject
to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, and
individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to
deduct their share of Trust expenses. Furthermore, such a characterization could
subject holders to state and local taxation in jurisdictions in which they are
not currently subject to tax.
 
                             STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     In the opinion of Thompson Hine & Flory LLP, Ohio tax counsel to the Trust,
the Notes will be characterized as debt for Ohio corporation franchise tax
purposes. In addition, if Ohio follows the recently issued entity classification
rules of federal income tax law, the Trust will not be treated as a separate
entity taxable as a corporation for Ohio corporation franchise tax purposes. If,
however, Ohio does not follow such entity classification rules, the Trust may be
treated as a separate entity taxable as a corporation for Ohio corporation
franchise tax purposes. Any franchise tax liability of the Trust incurred by the
Trust is expected not to be material, and the Servicer will indemnify the Trust
for any such franchise tax liability.
 
     Prospective investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors
regarding the state tax consequences to them of purchasing, holding and
disposing of Notes.
 
                                      S-26
<PAGE>   27
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Subject to the following discussion the Notes may be acquired by pension,
profit-sharing or other employee benefit plans, as well as individual retirement
accounts and Keogh plans (each a "Benefit Plan"). Section 406 of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and Section 4975
of the Code prohibit a Benefit Plan from engaging in certain transactions with
persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified persons"
under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A violation of these
"prohibited transaction" rules may result in an excise tax or other penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons or the fiduciaries of
the Benefit Plan. In addition, Title I of ERISA also requires fiduciaries of a
Benefit Plan subject to ERISA to make investments that are prudent, diversified
and in accordance with the governing plan documents.
 
     Certain transactions involving the Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased Notes if assets of the Trust were deemed to be assets of the
Benefit Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor
(the "Regulation"), the assets of the Trust would be treated as plan assets of a
Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code if the Benefit Plan were
deemed to have acquired an "equity interest" in the Trust and none of the
exceptions to categorization as plan assets contained in the Regulation was
applicable. An equity interest is defined under the Regulation as any interest
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which has no substantial equity features. Although there is little
guidance on the subject, the Seller believes that, at the time of their
issuance, the Notes should be treated as indebtedness of the Trust without
substantial equity features for purposes of the Regulation. This determination
is based in part upon the traditional debt features of the Notes, including the
reasonable expectation of purchasers of Notes that the Notes will be repaid when
due, as well as the absence of conversion rights, warrants and other typical
equity features. The debt treatment of any class of Notes for ERISA purposes
could change if the Trust incurred losses. The risk of such recharacterization
is enhanced for the Class B Notes by their subordination to the Class A Notes,
and further enhanced for the Class C Notes by their subordination to both the
Class B and Class A Notes.
 
     Without regard to whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest for
purposes of the Regulation, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf
of a Benefit Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction
if the Trust, the Seller, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner
Trustee is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect
to such Benefit Plan. Certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules
could be applicable to the purchase and holding of Notes by a Benefit Plan
depending on the type and circumstances of the plan fiduciary making the
decision to acquire such Notes. Included among these exemptions are: Prohibited
Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23, regarding transactions effected by
"in-house asset managers"; PTCE 95-60, regarding investments by insurance
company general accounts; PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective
investment funds; PTCE 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled
separate accounts; and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by "qualified
professional asset managers." By acquiring a Note, each purchaser will be deemed
to represent that either (i) it is not acquiring the Notes with the assets of a
Benefit Plan; or (ii) the acquisition of the Notes will not give rise to a
nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406(a) of ERISA or Section 4975
of the Code.
 
     Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements, however governmental plans may be subject
to comparable state law restrictions.
 
     A plan fiduciary considering the purchase of Notes should consult its legal
advisors regarding whether the assets of the Trust would be considered plan
assets, the risk of recharacterization of the Notes as equity upon an Event of
Default, the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction
rules and other issues and their potential consequences.
 
                                      S-27
<PAGE>   28
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement,
the Seller has agreed to sell to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and Key
Capital Markets, Inc. (the "Underwriters"), and the Underwriters have agreed to
purchase, the principal amount of the Notes set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            UNDERWRITERS               CLASS A NOTES     CLASS B NOTES     CLASS C NOTES         TOTAL
- -------------------------------------  -------------     -------------     -------------     -------------
<S>                                    <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Credit Suisse First Boston
  Corporation........................   $                 $                 $                $
Key Capital Markets, Inc.............   $                 $                 $                $
                                          ----------        ----------        ----------        ----------
     Total...........................   $ 73,703,000      $ 18,701,000      $ 11,000,000     $ 103,404,000
                                          ==========        ==========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Under the terms and conditions of such underwriting agreement, the
Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Notes if any are
taken.
 
     The Seller has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose to offer
the Notes from time to time for sale in negotiated transactions or otherwise, at
prices determined at the time of sale. The Underwriters may effect such
transactions by selling Notes to or through dealers and such dealers may receive
compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions
from the Underwriters and any purchasers of Notes for whom they may act as
agents. In connection with the sale of the Notes, the Underwriters may be deemed
to have received compensation from the Seller in the form of underwriting
discounts and the Underwriters may also receive concessions from the purchasers
of the Notes for whom they act as agents. The Underwriters and any dealers that
participate with the Underwriters in the distribution of the Notes may be deemed
to be underwriters, and any discounts or commissions received by them and any
profit on the resale of Notes by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts
or commissions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
     The Underwriters have informed the Seller that they do not expect
discretionary sales by the Underwriters to exceed 5% of the principal amount of
the Notes being offered hereby.
 
     The Seller does not intend to apply for listing of the Notes on a national
securities exchange, but has been advised by the Underwriters that they intend
to make a market in the Notes. The Underwriters are not obligated, however, to
make a market in the Notes and may discontinue market making at any time without
notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for
the Notes.
 
     The Seller and AutoFinance Group have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
 
     In the ordinary course of its business, the Underwriters and their
respective affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in commercial
banking and investment banking transactions with the Seller.
 
     After the initial distribution of the Notes by the Underwriters, this
Prospectus Supplement may be used by Key Capital Markets, Inc. in connection
with offers and sales relating to market making transactions in the Notes. Key
Capital Markets, Inc. may act as principal or agent in such transactions. Such
transactions will be at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time
of sale.
 
     Key Capital Markets, Inc. is a broker-dealer registered as such with the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and commenced business on
February 26, 1996. Key Capital Markets, Inc. has acted as an underwriter in a
variety of public finance offerings as well as a number of asset-backed and
other debt offerings for subsidiaries of KeyCorp.
 
                                 LEGAL OPINIONS
 
     In addition to the legal opinions described in the Prospectus, certain
legal matters relating to the Notes and certain federal income tax and other
matters will be passed upon for the Trust by Thompson Hine & Flory LLP,
Cleveland, Ohio. Attorneys at Thompson Hine & Flory LLP owned approximately
62,866 KeyCorp Common Shares on May 31, 1997. Certain legal matters will be
passed upon for Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation by Mayer, Brown & Platt,
Chicago, Illinois. Thompson Hine & Flory LLP and Mayer, Brown & Platt may from
time to time render legal services to the Seller, the Servicer and its
affiliates.
 
                                      S-28
<PAGE>   29
 
                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        -----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
10 percent shareholder................................................................   S-25
1996 Proposed Regulations.............................................................   S-26
AutoFinance Group.....................................................................    S-3
Available Interest....................................................................   S-19
Available Principal...................................................................   S-19
Bank..................................................................................    S-3
Basic Documents.......................................................................    S-8
Business Day..........................................................................    S-4
Certificate Balance...................................................................   S-20
Certificateholders' Percentage........................................................   S-20
Certificateholders' Distributable Amount..............................................   S-20
Certificates..........................................................................    S-1
Class A Interest Rate.................................................................    S-5
Class A Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall.....................................   S-21
Class A Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount....................................   S-21
Class A Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount............................   S-21
Class A Notes.........................................................................    S-1
Class B Interest Rate.................................................................    S-5
Class B Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall.....................................   S-22
Class B Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount....................................   S-22
Class B Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount............................   S-22
Class B Notes.........................................................................    S-1
Class C Interest Rate.................................................................    S-5
Class C Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall.....................................   S-22
Class C Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount....................................   S-22
Class C Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount............................   S-22
Class C Notes.........................................................................    S-3
Closing Date..........................................................................    S-3
Collection Period.....................................................................    S-6
Commission............................................................................    S-2
Contract Rate.........................................................................   S-20
controlled foreign corporation........................................................   S-25
Cutoff Date...........................................................................    S-3
Defaulted Receivable..................................................................   S-20
Deposit Date..........................................................................    S-6
Determination Date....................................................................   S-22
Distribution Date.....................................................................    S-2
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.....................................................    S-5
Final Scheduled Maturity Date.........................................................    S-4
Financed Vehicles.....................................................................    S-3
foreign person........................................................................   S-25
Indenture.............................................................................    S-1
Indenture Trustee.....................................................................    S-3
Interest Rates........................................................................    S-5
IRS...................................................................................   S-24
Issuer................................................................................    S-3
Liquidation Proceeds..................................................................   S-20
Motor Vehicle Loans...................................................................    S-4
Noteholders...........................................................................    S-4
Noteholders' Distributable Amount.....................................................   S-22
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-29
<PAGE>   30
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        -----
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount............................................   S-22
Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount...................................   S-22
Noteholders' Percentage...............................................................   S-23
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall............................................   S-23
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount...........................................   S-23
Notes.................................................................................    S-1
OID...................................................................................   S-25
OID regulations.......................................................................   S-25
Original Pool Balance.................................................................    S-5
Owner Trustee.........................................................................    S-3
Payment Date..........................................................................    S-4
Pool Balance..........................................................................    S-4
portfolio interest....................................................................   S-25
Principal Balance.....................................................................    S-4
Principal Distribution Amount.........................................................   S-20
Prospectus............................................................................    S-1
Purchase Amount.......................................................................   S-20
Purchased Receivable..................................................................   S-20
qualified stated interest.............................................................   S-25
Rating Agencies.......................................................................    S-7
Realized Losses.......................................................................   S-20
Receivables...........................................................................    S-2
Receivables Pool......................................................................   S-11
Record Date...........................................................................    S-4
related person........................................................................   S-25
Reserve Account.......................................................................    S-6
Reserve Account Deposit...............................................................    S-6
Reserve Account Transfer Amount.......................................................   S-18
Sale and Servicing Agreement..........................................................    S-3
Securities............................................................................    S-1
Securityholders.......................................................................    S-4
Seller................................................................................    S-1
Servicer..............................................................................    S-3
Subservicer...........................................................................    S-3
Supplemental Servicing Fee............................................................   S-19
Total Distribution Amount.............................................................   S-20
Trust.................................................................................    S-1
Trust Agreement.......................................................................    S-3
Underwriters..........................................................................   S-28
unrelated business taxable income.....................................................   S-26
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-30
<PAGE>   31
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                           KEY AUTO FINANCE TRUSTS
                              Asset Backed Notes
                          Asset Backed Certificates
                                [KEYCORP LOGO]
                                      
                     KEY CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
                                    Seller
                                      
                      KEY BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                   Servicer
                              ------------------
 
     The Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes") and the Asset Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") described herein
may be sold from time to time in one or more series, in amounts, at prices and
on terms to be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth in a
supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement"). Each series of
Securities, which may include one or more classes of Notes or one or more
classes of Certificates (or both), will be issued by a trust to be formed on or
before the issuance date for that series (each, a "Trust"). Each Trust will be
formed pursuant to either a Trust Agreement to be entered into among Key
Consumer Acceptance Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as seller (the
"Seller"), Key Bank USA, National Association, in its capacity as servicer (in
such capacity, the "Servicer"), and the trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "Trustee") or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be
entered into among the Trustee, the Seller and the Servicer. If a series of
Securities includes Notes, such Notes will be issued and secured pursuant to an
Indenture between the Trust and the indenture trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "Indenture Trustee") and will represent indebtedness
of the related Trust. The Certificates of a series will represent fractional
undivided interests in the related Trust. Certain capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus are defined in this Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "Index
of Terms" beginning on page 65 of this Prospectus. The property of each Trust
will include a pool of promissory notes and security agreements and/or retail
installment sales contracts secured by new or used automobiles and light duty
trucks (collectively, the "Receivables"), payments received thereunder on and
after the applicable Cutoff Date set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,
security interests in the vehicles financed thereby, rights under dealer
agreements, rights with respect to deposit accounts in which collections are
held or that serve as credit enhancement, any other credit enhancements, the
proceeds of the foregoing and any proceeds from claims on insurance policies
with respect to the Financed Vehicles, all as described herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement. See "The Trusts."
                                                        (Continued on next page)
 
 PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE "RISK FACTORS" SET FORTH AT PAGE 14
                                    HEREIN,
 WHICH DISCUSSES MATERIAL RISKS INVOLVED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES.
                               ------------------
 
ANY NOTES OF A SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES OF A SERIES
 REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT
  OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN KEY CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, KEY BANK
 USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. NONE OF THE NOTES, THE
   CERTIFICATES OR THE RECEIVABLES ARE GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, THE FEDERAL
 DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY,
KEY CONSUMER ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION, KEY BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, OR ANY
                              OF THEIR AFFILIATES.
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE USED TO CONSUMMATE SALES OF SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY
                 UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
 
                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS JUNE 10, 1997.
<PAGE>   32
 
(Continued from previous page)
 
     The related Prospectus Supplement will specify which class or classes of
Notes, if any, and which class or classes of Certificates, if any, of the
related series are being offered thereby. Each class of Securities of any series
other than any Strip Notes and Strip Certificates will represent the right to
receive a specified amount of payments of principal and interest on the related
Receivables, at the rates, on the dates and in the manner described herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Notes,"
"Description of the Certificates" and "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. If a series
includes multiple classes of Securities, the rights of one or more classes of
Securities to receive payments may be senior or subordinate to the rights of one
or more of the other classes of such series. Distributions on Certificates of a
series may be subordinated in priority to payments due on any related Notes or
any other Certificates to the extent described herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Risk Factors -- Subordination" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
                            ------------------------
 
     A series may include one or more classes of Notes and/or Certificates which
differ as to the timing and priority of payment, interest rate or amount of
distributions in respect of principal or interest or both. A series may include
one or more classes of Notes or Certificates entitled to distributions in
respect of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no interest
distributions, or to interest distributions, with disproportionate, nominal or
no distributions in respect of principal. The rate of payment in respect of the
principal of any class of Notes and distributions in respect of the Certificate
Balance of any class of the Certificates will depend on the priority of payment
of such class and the rate and timing of payments (including prepayments,
defaults, liquidations and repurchases of Receivables) on the related
Receivables. A rate of payment lower or higher than that anticipated may affect
the weighted average life of each class of Securities in the manner described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Weighted Average Life of
the Securities."
                            ------------------------
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Seller, as originator of each Trust, has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement (together with
all amendments and exhibits thereto, referred to herein as the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
with respect to the Notes and/or the Certificates offered pursuant to this
Prospectus. For further information, reference is made to the Registration
Statement, which may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;
and at the Commission's regional offices at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of the Registration Statement may be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the
Commission maintains a public access site on the Internet through the World Wide
Web at which site reports, information statements and other information,
including all electronic filings, may be viewed. The Internet address of such
World Wide Web site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
     All documents filed by the Seller, as originator of any Trust, pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and
prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus or in any related Prospectus
Supplement. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
or in any subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus. See "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders."
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   33
 
     The Seller will provide without charge to each person, including any
beneficial owner of Securities, to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered,
on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all of the
documents incorporated herein or in any related Prospectus Supplement by
reference, except the exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits are
specifically incorporated by reference in such documents). Requests for such
copies should be directed to the Seller, in care of Key Tower, 127 Public
Square, Cleveland, Ohio, 44114-1306 (Telephone: (216) 689-3000). The Servicer
intends to continue to file with respect to each Trust periodic reports pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for the
period after such filings could be discontinued in reliance on Section 15(d)
thereof until the Securities issued by such Trust are no longer outstanding.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   34
 
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the information with respect to the Securities of any series contained in the
related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with
the offering of such Securities. Certain capitalized terms used in this summary
are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Terms" beginning on page 65.
 
ISSUER...........................    The issuer (the "Issuer") with respect to
                                       each series of Securities shall be the
                                       Trust to be formed pursuant to either a
                                       Trust Agreement (as amended and
                                       supplemented from time to time, a "Trust
                                       Agreement") among the Trustee for such
                                       Trust (the "Trustee"), the Seller and the
                                       Servicer, or a Pooling and Servicing
                                       Agreement among the Trustee, the Seller
                                       and the Servicer.
 
SELLER...........................    Key Consumer Acceptance Corporation, a
                                       Delaware corporation (the "Seller") and a
                                       wholly owned subsidiary of KeyCorp. See
                                       "The Seller" and "The Seller, The
                                       Servicer and KeyCorp" in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
SERVICER.........................    Key Bank USA, National Association, a
                                       national banking association (the "Bank"
                                       or, in its capacity as servicer, the
                                       "Servicer").
 
TRUSTEE..........................    With respect to each series of Securities,
                                       the Trustee specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE................    With respect to each series of Securities
                                       that includes any Notes, the Indenture
                                       Trustee specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
THE NOTES........................    The terms of the Notes generally are
                                       described below.
 
A. GENERAL.......................    A series of Securities may include one or
                                       more classes of Notes, which will be
                                       issued pursuant to an Indenture between
                                       the Trust and the Indenture Trustee (as
                                       amended and supplemented from time to
                                       time, an "Indenture"). The related
                                       Prospectus Supplement will specify which
                                       class or classes, if any, of Notes of the
                                       related series are being offered thereby.
 
B. DENOMINATION; BOOK-ENTRY......    Notes will be available for purchase in
                                       denominations specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement or, if not so
                                       specified, in original denominations of
                                       $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
                                       Notes will initially be issued in
                                       book-entry form and beneficial owners of
                                       Notes ("Note Owners") will be able to
                                       receive Definitive Notes only in the
                                       limited circumstances described herein or
                                       in the related Prospectus Supplement. See
                                       "Certain Information Regarding the
                                       Securities -- Definitive Securities."
 
C. NOTE INTEREST RATES...........    Each class of Notes other than Strip Notes
                                       will have a stated principal amount and
                                       will bear interest at a specified rate or
                                       rates (with respect to each class of
                                       Notes, the "Interest Rate"). Each such
                                       class of Notes may have a different
                                       Interest Rate, which may be a fixed,
                                       variable or adjustable Interest Rate, or
                                       any combination of the foregoing. The
                                       related Prospectus Supplement will
                                       specify the Interest Rate for each class
                                       of Notes, or the method for determining
                                       the
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   35
 
                                       Interest Rate. See "Description of the
                                       Notes" herein and in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement for any Trust that
                                       issues Notes.
 
D. CHARACTERISTICS...............    With respect to a series that includes two
                                       or more classes of Notes, each class may
                                       differ as to the timing and priority of
                                       payments, seniority, Interest Rate or
                                       amount of payments of principal or
                                       interest, or payments of principal or
                                       interest in respect of any such class or
                                       classes may or may not be made upon the
                                       occurrence of specified events or on the
                                       basis of collections from designated
                                       portions of the Receivables Pool. To the
                                       extent provided in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, a series may include one or
                                       more classes of Notes designated as fixed
                                       payment notes, short term asset backed
                                       notes, targeted amortization classes,
                                       planned amortization classes or companion
                                       classes. See "Description of the
                                       Notes -- Principal and Interest on the
                                       Notes."
 
E. STRIP NOTES...................    In addition, a series may include one or
                                       more classes of Notes ("Strip Notes")
                                       entitled to (i) principal payments with
                                       disproportionately small, nominal or no
                                       interest payments or (ii) interest
                                       payments with disproportionately small,
                                       nominal or no principal payments. Any
                                       Strip Notes will be extremely sensitive
                                       to the rate and timing of principal
                                       payments, including prepayments, on the
                                       Receivables. See "Risk Factors -- Risk of
                                       Prepayment and Possible Adverse Effect on
                                       Yield -- Risks Associated with Yield
                                       Sensitivity of the Strip Securities."
 
F. SUBORDINATION TO SECURITIES OF
   THE SAME TRUST................    If the series of Securities issued by a
                                       Trust includes classes of Notes, the
                                       Notes will be entitled to receive
                                       payments and distributions from the same
                                       Trust property, and distributions in
                                       respect of certain classes of the Notes
                                       may be subordinated in priority of
                                       payment to payments on other classes of
                                       Notes to the extent specified in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement.
 
G. CLEAN-UP CALL; REDEMPTION.....    If the Seller or Servicer exercises its
                                       option to purchase the Receivables of a
                                       Trust in the event the outstanding Pool
                                       Balance is equal to or less than the
                                       percentage of the Initial Pool Balance
                                       set forth in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement in the manner and on the
                                       respective terms and conditions described
                                       under "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements -- Termination," the
                                       outstanding Notes of such series will be
                                       redeemed in full as set forth in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement.
 
H. PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT;
   REDEMPTION....................    If the related Prospectus Supplement
                                       provides that the property of a Trust
                                       will include a Pre-Funding Account (as
                                       such term is defined in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement, the "Pre-Funding
                                       Account"), one or more classes of the
                                       outstanding Notes of such series will be
                                       subject to partial redemption on or
                                       immediately following the end of the
                                       applicable Funding Period (as such term
                                       is defined in the related Prospectus
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   36
 
                                       Supplement, the "Funding Period") in an
                                       amount and manner specified in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement.
 
THE CERTIFICATES.................    The terms of the Certificates generally are
                                       described below.
 
A. GENERAL.......................    A series may include one or more classes of
                                       Certificates and may or may not include
                                       any Notes. The related Prospectus
                                       Supplement will specify which class or
                                       classes, if any, of the Certificates are
                                       being offered thereby.
 
B. DENOMINATIONS; BOOK-ENTRY.....    Certificates will be available for purchase
                                       in denominations specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement or, if not so
                                       specified, except for the Certificates,
                                       if any, of a given series purchased by
                                       the Seller, in minimum denominations of
                                       $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
                                       in excess thereof. Certificates will
                                       initially be issued in book-entry form
                                       and the beneficial owners of Certificates
                                       ("Certificate Owners") will be able to
                                       receive Definitive Certificates only in
                                       the limited circumstances described
                                       herein or in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement. See "Certain Information
                                       Regarding the Securities -- Definitive
                                       Securities."
 
C. CERTIFICATE RATE..............    Each class of Certificates other than any
                                       Strip Certificates will have a stated
                                       Certificate Balance specified in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement (the
                                       "Certificate Balance") and will accrue
                                       interest on such Certificate Balance at a
                                       specified rate (with respect to each
                                       class of Certificates, the "Certificate
                                       Rate"). Each such class of Certificates
                                       may have a different Certificate Rate,
                                       which may be a fixed, variable or
                                       adjustable Certificate Rate, or any
                                       combination of the foregoing. The related
                                       Prospectus Supplement will specify the
                                       Certificate Rate for each class of
                                       Certificates or the method for
                                       determining the Certificate Rate. See
                                       "Description of the Certificates" herein
                                       and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
D. CHARACTERISTICS...............    With respect to a series that includes two
                                       or more classes of Certificates, each
                                       class may differ as to timing and
                                       priority of distributions, seniority,
                                       allocations of losses, Certificate Rate
                                       or amount of distributions in respect of
                                       principal or interest. Distributions in
                                       respect of principal or interest in
                                       respect of any such class or classes of
                                       Certificates may or may not be made upon
                                       the occurrence of specified events or on
                                       the basis of collections from designated
                                       portions of the Receivables Pool.
 
E. STRIP CERTIFICATES............    A series may include one or more classes of
                                       Certificates ("Strip Certificates" and,
                                       together with Strip Notes, "Strip
                                       Securities") entitled to (i) principal
                                       payments with disproportionately small,
                                       nominal or no interest payments or (ii)
                                       interest payments with disproportionately
                                       small, nominal or no principal payments.
                                       Any Strip Certificates will be extremely
                                       sensitive to the rate and timing of
                                       principal payments, including
                                       prepayments, on the Receivables. See
                                       "Risk Factors -- Risk of Prepayment and
                                       Possible Adverse Effect on Yield -- Risks
                                       Associated with Yield Sensitivity of the
                                       Strip Securities."
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   37
 
F. SUBORDINATION TO SECURITIES OF
   THE SAME TRUST................    If the series of Securities issued by a
                                       Trust includes classes of Notes or more
                                       than one class of Certificates, all of
                                       the Notes and Certificates will be
                                       entitled to receive payments and
                                       distributions from the same Trust
                                       property, and distributions in respect of
                                       the Certificates may be subordinated in
                                       priority of payment to payments on the
                                       Notes or to other classes of Certificates
                                       to the extent specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
G. CLEAN-UP CALL; PREPAYMENT.....    If the Seller or Servicer exercises its
                                       option to purchase the Receivables of a
                                       Trust in the event the outstanding Pool
                                       Balance is equal to or less than the
                                       percentage of the Initial Pool Balance
                                       set forth in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement in the manner and on the
                                       respective terms and conditions described
                                       under "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements--Termination,"
                                       Certificateholders will receive as a
                                       prepayment in full an amount in respect
                                       of the Certificates of such series as
                                       specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement.
 
H. PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT; PARTIAL
   PREPAYMENT....................    If the related Prospectus Supplement
                                       provides that the property of a Trust
                                       will include a Pre-Funding Account,
                                       Certificateholders may receive a partial
                                       prepayment of principal on or immediately
                                       following the end of the applicable
                                       Funding Period in an amount and manner
                                       specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement.
 
THE TRUST PROPERTY...............    The property of each Trust will include a
                                       pool of motor vehicle promissory notes
                                       and security agreements and/or retail
                                       installment sales contracts secured by
                                       new or used automobiles or light duty
                                       trucks (collectively, the "Receivables"),
                                       including rights to receive payments
                                       received under such Receivables after the
                                       applicable Cutoff Date, security
                                       interests in the vehicles financed
                                       thereby (the "Financed Vehicles"), rights
                                       under agreements with automobile or light
                                       duty truck dealers ("Dealer Agreements"),
                                       rights with respect to Eligible Deposit
                                       Accounts, which will include the
                                       Collection Account and may include a
                                       Reserve Account and/or a Yield Supplement
                                       Account, rights under the related
                                       Purchase Agreements and any proceeds from
                                       claims on or rebates of premiums relating
                                       to insurance policies and rebates of
                                       amounts relating to items such as
                                       extended warranties with respect to the
                                       Financed Vehicles. On or before the
                                       Closing Date specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement with respect to a
                                       Trust (as such term is defined in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement, the
                                       "Closing Date"), the Seller will sell or
                                       transfer Receivables (the "Initial
                                       Receivables") having an aggregate
                                       principal balance specified in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement as of the
                                       dates specified therein to such Trust
                                       pursuant to either a Sale and Servicing
                                       Agreement among the Seller, the Servicer
                                       and the Trust (as amended and
                                       supplemented from time to time, the "Sale
                                       and Servicing Agreement") or, if the
                                       Trust is to be
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   38
 
                                       treated as a grantor trust for federal
                                       income tax purposes, the related Pooling
                                       and Servicing Agreement among the Seller,
                                       the Servicer and the Trustee (as amended
                                       and supplemented from time to time, the
                                       "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" and,
                                       together with the Sale and Servicing
                                       Agreement, each a "Transfer and Servicing
                                       Agreement"). The property of each Trust
                                       will also include amounts on deposit in
                                       certain trust accounts, including the
                                       related Collection Account, any Pre-
                                       Funding Account, any Revolving Account
                                       and any other account identified in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement. See "The
                                       Trusts" herein and "The Trust" in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                     In addition, to the extent provided in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement, from time
                                       to time during the related Revolving
                                       Period and/or Pre-Funding Period, as the
                                       case may be, the Seller may purchase from
                                       Affiliates additional Receivables
                                       ("Subsequent Receivables") having an
                                       aggregate principal balance approximately
                                       equal to the amount of principal
                                       collections on the related Receivables
                                       deposited in the Revolving Account from
                                       time to time during the Revolving Period
                                       and/or the amount deposited in the
                                       Pre-Funding Account on the related
                                       Closing Date (the "Pre-Funded Amount"),
                                       and will transfer and assign such
                                       Subsequent Receivables to the related
                                       Trust in exchange for the payment to the
                                       Seller of funds on deposit in such
                                       Revolving Account or Pre-Funding Account
                                       equal to the aggregate outstanding
                                       principal balance of the Subsequent
                                       Receivables so transferred as of the
                                       applicable subsequent cutoff date. See
                                       "Pre-Funding Account" and "Revolving
                                       Account" below in this summary and
                                       "Certain Information Regarding the
                                       Securities -- Funding Period or Revolving
                                       Period."
 
THE RECEIVABLES..................    The Receivables will generally consist of
                                       (i) motor vehicle promissory notes and
                                       security agreements executed by an
                                       Obligor in favor of a motor vehicle
                                       lender ("Direct Loans") and/or (ii) motor
                                       vehicle retail installment sales
                                       contracts between an Obligor and a
                                       vehicle dealer (collectively, "Motor
                                       Vehicle Loans"). Direct Loans may include
                                       promissory notes and security agreements
                                       for which a vehicle dealer (a "Dealer")
                                       performed certain ministerial loan
                                       processing functions on behalf of the
                                       lender. In addition, the related
                                       Receivables Pool may include Motor
                                       Vehicle Loans acquired by an Affiliate
                                       ("Acquired Receivables"). "Originator"
                                       means, with respect to any Motor Vehicle
                                       Loan, the Affiliate that (i) was the
                                       lender with respect to a Direct Loan or
                                       (ii) acquired such Motor Vehicle Loan
                                       from a Dealer or other third party.
                                       "Affiliate" means a bank or other nonbank
                                       entity owned or acquired by KeyCorp or by
                                       its subsidiaries. "Subsidiary" includes
                                       both direct and indirect subsidiaries. As
                                       of the date of this Prospectus, the Bank
                                       and AutoFinance Group, Inc., a
                                       wholly-owned subsidiary of KeyCorp
                                       ("AutoFinance Group" and, together with
                                       the Bank, the "Primary Originators"), are
                                       the only KeyCorp subsidiaries
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   39
 
                                       that, make or acquire Motor Vehicle
                                       Loans. Receivables that are to be
                                       included in any Receivables Pool will be
                                       transferred by an Affiliate to the Seller
                                       for purposes of sale to the applicable
                                       Trust. The Receivables for any given
                                       Receivables Pool will be selected from
                                       the Motor Vehicle Loans owned by
                                       Affiliates based on the criteria
                                       specified in the applicable Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreement, and described herein
                                       and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
                                       See "The Receivables Pools" herein and
                                       "The Receivables Pool" in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
CREDIT AND CASH FLOW
  ENHANCEMENT....................    The form and amount of any credit
                                       enhancement will be specified in the
                                       related Prospectus Supplement. Credit
                                       enhancement with respect to a Trust or
                                       any class or classes of Securities may
                                       include any one or more of the following:
                                       subordination of one or more other
                                       classes of Securities or all or a portion
                                       of any servicing fees, a reserve account,
                                       over-collateralization, letters of
                                       credit, credit or liquidity facilities,
                                       surety bonds, guaranteed investment
                                       contracts, swaps or other interest rate
                                       protection agreements, repurchase
                                       obligations, yield supplement agreements,
                                       other agreements with respect to third
                                       party payments or other support, cash
                                       deposits or other arrangements. Certain
                                       forms of credit enhancement may contain
                                       limitations on, and exclusions from,
                                       coverage thereunder, which will be
                                       described in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement. See "Description of the
                                       Transfer and Servicing
                                       Agreements -- Credit and Cash Flow
                                       Enhancement".
 
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT..............    If specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, during a Funding Period until
                                       the earliest of (a) the Determination
                                       Date on which the amount on deposit in
                                       the Pre-Funding Account is less than the
                                       minimum amount specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement, (b) the occurrence
                                       of an Event of Default under the
                                       Indenture or a Servicer Termination Event
                                       under the applicable Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreement, (c) the occurrence
                                       of certain events of insolvency with
                                       respect to the Seller or the Servicer or
                                       (d) the close of business on a business
                                       day specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement not later than one year after
                                       the applicable Closing Date, the
                                       Pre-Funding Account will be maintained as
                                       a trust account in the name of the
                                       Applicable Trustee. The Pre-Funded Amount
                                       will initially equal the amount specified
                                       in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                       which may be up to 100% of the aggregate
                                       principal amount of the series of
                                       Securities offered thereunder. During the
                                       Funding Period, the Pre-Funded Amount
                                       will be reduced by the amount thereof
                                       used to purchase Subsequent Receivables
                                       in accordance with the applicable
                                       Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and the
                                       amounts thereof deposited in the Reserve
                                       Account in connection with the purchase
                                       of such Subsequent Receivables. Prior to
                                       being used to purchase Subsequent
                                       Receivables or paid to the registered
                                       holders of
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   40
 
                                       each class of Notes ("Noteholders") and
                                       the registered holders of Certificates
                                       ("Certificateholders" and together with
                                       any Noteholders, "Securityholders") the
                                       Pre-Funded Amount will be invested from
                                       time to time in Permitted Investments.
                                       Although the specific parameters of the
                                       Pre-Funding Account with respect to any
                                       issuance of Securities will be specified
                                       in the related Prospectus Supplement, it
                                       is anticipated that (a) the Funding
                                       Period will not exceed one year from the
                                       related Closing Date, and (b) that the
                                       Subsequent Receivables to be acquired
                                       during the Funding Period will be subject
                                       to the same types of representations and
                                       warranties as the Initial Receivables
                                       included in the related Receivables Pool
                                       on the Closing Date (although additional
                                       criteria may also be required to be
                                       satisfied, as described in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement). It is anticipated
                                       that any Subsequent Receivables
                                       originated by a Primary Originator will
                                       be originated in accordance with the
                                       underwriting criteria described under
                                       "The Receivables Pools -- Underwriting."
                                       See "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements -- Accounts" herein
                                       and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
REVOLVING ACCOUNT................    If specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement for any Trust that issues
                                       Notes, all principal collections received
                                       on the related Receivables during the
                                       Revolving Period (as such term is defined
                                       in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
                                       "Revolving Period") for such Trust and,
                                       on each Distribution Date during such
                                       Revolving Period, such other amounts
                                       described in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, will be deposited in the
                                       Revolving Account (as such term is
                                       defined in such Prospectus Supplement,
                                       the "Revolving Account") for such Trust
                                       and, except as provided below, no
                                       principal collections under the
                                       Receivables will be distributed to the
                                       holders of a series of Securities issued
                                       by such Trust on any Distribution Date
                                       occurring during such Revolving Period.
                                       Although the specific parameters of the
                                       Revolving Account with respect to any
                                       issuance of Securities will be specified
                                       in the related Prospectus Supplement, it
                                       is anticipated that (a) the Revolving
                                       Period will not exceed three years from
                                       the related Closing Date, and (b) that
                                       the Subsequent Receivables to be acquired
                                       during the Revolving Period will be
                                       subject to the same types of
                                       representations and warranties as the
                                       Initial Receivables included in the
                                       related Receivables Pool on the Closing
                                       Date (although additional criteria may
                                       also be required to be satisfied, as
                                       described in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement). It is anticipated that any
                                       Subsequent Receivables originated by a
                                       Primary Originator will be originated in
                                       accordance with the underwriting criteria
                                       described under "The Receivables
                                       Pools -- Underwriting." If the amount on
                                       deposit in a Revolving Account at the
                                       close of business on the last day of a
                                       calendar month during the Revolving
                                       Period exceeds the maximum permitted
                                       Revolving Account balance specified in
                                       the related Prospectus
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   41
 
                                       Supplement, the holders of such series of
                                       Securities will receive a distribution of
                                       principal on their Securities on the next
                                       Distribution Date in an amount equal to
                                       the amount of such excess.
 
                                     In addition, if the related Trust includes
                                       a Revolving Account, a principal payment
                                       equal to the sum of (a) the amount, if
                                       any, on deposit in such Revolving Account
                                       as of the close of business on the first
                                       business day following the applicable
                                       Revolving Period and (b) such other
                                       amounts described in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement for the next
                                       Distribution Date thereafter will be
                                       distributed to the holders of the related
                                       series of Securities on such next
                                       Distribution Date and thereafter
                                       principal distributions will be made to
                                       the holders of the related series of
                                       Securities in the manner otherwise
                                       specified herein and in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
RESERVE ACCOUNT..................    If specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, a Reserve Account will be
                                       created for each Trust which may require
                                       an initial deposit of cash or certain
                                       investments having a value equal to the
                                       amount specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement. To the extent
                                       specified in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, funds in the Reserve Account
                                       will thereafter be supplemented by the
                                       deposit of amounts remaining on any
                                       Distribution Date after making all other
                                       distributions required on such date and
                                       any amounts deposited from time to time
                                       from the Pre-Funding Account and/or
                                       Revolving Account in connection with a
                                       purchase of Subsequent Receivables.
                                       Amounts in the Reserve Account will be
                                       available to cover shortfalls in amounts
                                       due to the holders of those classes of
                                       Securities specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement in the manner and
                                       under the circumstances specified
                                       therein. The related Prospectus
                                       Supplement will also specify to whom and
                                       the manner and circumstances under which
                                       amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account
                                       (after giving effect to all other
                                       required distributions to be made by the
                                       applicable Trust) in excess of the
                                       Specified Reserve Account Balance (as
                                       defined in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, the "Specified Reserve
                                       Account Balance") will be distributed.
                                       See "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements -- Accounts" herein
                                       and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
TRANSFER AND SERVICING
  AGREEMENTS.....................    With respect to each Trust, the Seller will
                                       sell the related Receivables to such
                                       Trust pursuant to a Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreement. The rights and
                                       benefits of any Trust under a Sale and
                                       Servicing Agreement will be assigned to
                                       the Indenture Trustee as collateral for
                                       the Notes of the related series. The
                                       Servicer will agree with each Trust to be
                                       responsible for servicing, managing,
                                       maintaining custody of and making
                                       collections on the related Receivables.
                                       The Servicer will undertake certain
                                       administrative duties under an
                                       Administration Agreement with respect to
                                       any Trust that has issued Notes.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   42
 
                                     The Seller will be obligated to repurchase
                                       any Receivable if the interest of the
                                       applicable Trust in such Receivable is
                                       materially and adversely affected by a
                                       breach of any representation or warranty
                                       made by the Seller with respect to the
                                       Receivable, if such breach has not been
                                       cured following the discovery by or
                                       notice to the Seller of the breach.
 
                                     The Servicer will be obligated to purchase
                                       any Receivable if, among other things, it
                                       extends the date for final payment by the
                                       Obligor of such Receivable beyond the
                                       applicable Final Scheduled Maturity Date
                                       (as defined in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, the "Final Scheduled Maturity
                                       Date"), reduces the contractual rate of
                                       interest on such Receivable ("Contract
                                       Rate") or principal balance of such
                                       Receivable or fails to maintain a
                                       perfected security interest in the
                                       related Financed Vehicle.
 
                                     The Servicer will be entitled to receive a
                                       fee for servicing the Receivables of each
                                       Trust equal to a specified percentage of
                                       the aggregate principal balance of the
                                       related Receivables Pool, as set forth in
                                       the related Prospectus Supplement, and,
                                       in addition to such fee, is entitled to
                                       receive certain late fees, extension
                                       fees, prepayment charges, non-sufficient
                                       funds charges and other administrative
                                       fees or similar charges relating to the
                                       servicing of the Receivables. In
                                       addition, the Servicer or the Seller will
                                       be entitled to receive such fees and
                                       other amounts specified in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement. To the extent
                                       provided in the related Prospectus
                                       Supplement, the right to receive all or a
                                       portion of any such servicing fees may be
                                       subordinated to rights of Securityholders
                                       and all or a portion of any such
                                       servicing fees may otherwise serve as
                                       credit enhancement for the related
                                       Securities. See "Description of the
                                       Transfer and Servicing
                                       Agreements--Servicing Compensation and
                                       Payment of Expenses herein and
                                       "Description of the Transfer and
                                       Servicing Agreements--Servicing
                                       Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and
                                       "--Distributions" in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
NO RECOURSE TO SELLERS OR
  SERVICER.......................    The Receivables sold and assigned to the
                                       applicable Trust will be sold and
                                       assigned by the Seller to such Trust
                                       without recourse to the Seller, the
                                       Servicer or any of their respective
                                       affiliates for credit losses on such
                                       Receivables. The Notes of any series will
                                       represent obligations solely of, and the
                                       Certificates of any series will represent
                                       interests solely in, the related Trust
                                       and, except as may be set forth in an
                                       applicable Prospectus Supplement in
                                       connection with any credit enhancement,
                                       neither the Notes nor the Certificates of
                                       any series will be insured or guaranteed
                                       by the Seller, the Servicer, the
                                       Applicable Trustee, any Indenture Trustee
                                       or any other person or entity.
 
TAX STATUS.......................    Unless the Prospectus Supplement specifies
                                       that the related Trust will be treated as
                                       a grantor trust, upon the issuance of the
                                       related series of Securities, Federal Tax
                                       Counsel to such Trust will deliver an
                                       opinion to the effect that, for federal
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   43
 
                                       income tax purposes: (i) any Notes of
                                       such series will be characterized as debt
                                       and (ii) such Trust will not be
                                       classified as an association (or a
                                       publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
                                       corporation. In respect of any such
                                       series, each Note Owner, by the
                                       acceptance of a beneficial interest in a
                                       Note of such series, will agree to treat
                                       such Note as indebtedness, and each
                                       Certificate Owner, by the acceptance of a
                                       beneficial interest in a Certificate of
                                       such series, will agree to treat such
                                       Trust as a partnership in which such
                                       Certificate Owner is a partner for
                                       federal, state and local tax purposes.
 
                                     If the Prospectus Supplement specifies that
                                       the related Trust will be treated as a
                                       grantor trust, upon the issuance of the
                                       related series of Certificates, Federal
                                       Tax Counsel to such Trust will deliver an
                                       opinion to the effect that such Trust
                                       will be treated as a grantor trust for
                                       federal income tax purposes and will not
                                       be subject to federal income tax.
                                       Accordingly, the Certificate Owners would
                                       be treated as owners of the Receivables
                                       for federal income tax purposes.
 
                                     See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" and
                                       "State Tax Consequences" herein and in
                                       the related Prospectus Supplement for
                                       additional information concerning the
                                       application of federal and state tax
                                       laws.
 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.............    The related Prospectus Supplement will set
                                       forth certain information as to whether
                                       each class of Securities issued by the
                                       related Trust will be eligible for
                                       purchase by employee benefit plans
                                       subject to the Employee Retirement Income
                                       Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                       ("ERISA"), or by any individual
                                       retirement account. See "ERISA
                                       Considerations" herein and in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
RATING OF SECURITIES.............    It is a condition to the issuance of each
                                       class of Securities offered hereby that
                                       they are rated by at least one nationally
                                       recognized statistical rating agency in
                                       one of its generic rating categories
                                       which signifies investment grade. The
                                       ratings of the Securities address the
                                       likelihood of the timely payment of
                                       interest on and the ultimate payment of
                                       principal of the Securities pursuant to
                                       their terms. There can be no assurance
                                       that such ratings will not be lowered or
                                       withdrawn by a Rating Agency if
                                       circumstances so warrant. See "Risk
                                       Factors -- Ratings of the Securities."
 
MATERIAL RISKS...................    There are material risks associated with an
                                       investment in the Securities. Prospective
                                       investors should consider the factors set
                                       forth under "Risk Factors" on pages 14 to
                                       23, and as are provided in the related
                                       Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   44
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
     There is currently no secondary market for the Securities. Each Underwriter
(as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, an "Underwriter") currently
intends to make a market in the Securities for which it is an Underwriter, but
it is under no obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary
market will develop or, if a secondary market does develop, that it will provide
the Securityholders with liquidity of investment or that it will continue for
the life of the Securities.
 
RISK OF PREPAYMENT AND POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON YIELD
 
     Reinvestment Risks from Prepayments.  All the Receivables are prepayable at
any time without penalty to the Obligor. (For this purpose the term
"prepayments" includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments and liquidations
due to default, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit
life and disability insurance policies and certain other Receivables repurchased
for administrative reasons). The weighted average life (i.e., the average time
in which each dollar of principal is paid on the Securities) of the Securities
may be reduced by full or partial prepayments on the Receivables. The rate of
prepayments on the Receivables may be influenced by a variety of economic,
social and other factors, including the fact that an Obligor generally may not
sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable without the payment
in full of such Receivable. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Seller
will be obligated to repurchase Receivables pursuant to a Transfer and Servicing
Agreement as a result of uncured breaches of representations and warranties and,
under certain circumstances, the Servicer will be obligated to purchase
Receivables pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing Agreement as a result of
uncured breaches of certain covenants. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and "-- Servicing
Procedures." Any reinvestment risks (i.e., risks that amounts received by
Securityholders will not be able to be invested at interest rates that are
greater than or equal to the applicable Interest Rate or Certificate Rate)
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Receivables held by
a given Trust will be borne entirely by the Securityholders of the related
series of Securities. See also "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Termination" regarding the option of the Servicer and/or Seller to
purchase the remaining Receivables of a given Receivables Pool, "-- Insolvency"
regarding the sale of the Receivables owned by a Trust that is not a grantor
trust if an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller occurs and "Risk Factors
- -- Financial Institution Insolvency Risks" regarding the right of the FDIC to
prepay Securities in certain circumstances.
 
     Risks Associated with Securities Purchased at a Discount or Premium.
Holders of Securities should consider, in the case of any Securities purchased
at a discount, the risk that a slower than anticipated rate of principal
payments on the Receivables will result in an actual yield (i.e., the effective
interest rate) that is less than the anticipated yield and, in the case of any
Securities purchased at a premium, the risk that a faster than anticipated rate
of principal payments on the Receivables will result in an actual yield that is
less than the anticipated yield. See "-- Reinvestment Risks from Prepayments."
 
     Risks Associated with Yield Sensitivity of the Strip Securities.  The yield
to maturity of any Strip Securities will be extremely sensitive to the
prepayment, and default experience on the Receivables, which may fluctuate
significantly from time to time. See "-- Reinvestment Risks from Prepayments."
Holders of any Strip Securities entitled to principal payments with
disproportionately small, nominal or no interest payments should consider the
risk that a slower than anticipated rate of payments on the Receivables will
result in an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield. Holders of
Strip Securities entitled to interest payments with disproportionately small,
nominal or no principal payments should consider the risk that a faster than
anticipated rate of payments on the Receivables will result in an actual yield
that is less than the anticipated yields. Prospective investors in Strip
Securities should fully consider the risk that an extremely rapid rate of
principal prepayments could result in the failure of investors in the Strip
Securities entitled to disproportionately small, nominal or no principal
payments to recoup their initial investment.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   45
 
RISK OF COMMINGLING OF RECEIVABLES FILES
 
     The Seller will cause financing statements to be filed with the appropriate
governmental authorities to perfect the interest of the related Trust in its
purchase of Receivables from the Seller and in the appropriate jurisdictions in
which the Affiliates are located to perfect the interest of the Seller in its
purchase of Receivables from the Affiliates in accordance with the UCC in effect
in the relevant jurisdiction. The Servicer will hold the Receivables, either
directly or through subservicers, as custodian for the Applicable Trustee
following the sale and assignment of the Receivables to the related Trust. The
Receivables will not be segregated, stamped or otherwise marked to indicate that
they have been sold to the related Trust. The Seller believes that it is
customary for Receivables to not be segregated or stamped or otherwise marked in
connection with asset securitizations of the type contemplated hereby and in
other types of receivables financings where the parent company of the transferor
has credit ratings that are investment grade or better and servicing is retained
by the transferor. The Seller's affiliates, in their traditional lending
practices, generally would take possession of the financed receivables if
servicing is not retained by the transferor or the transferor has a lower than
investment grade credit rating. If through inadvertence or otherwise (for
example, if an Affiliate or the Seller were to sell or grant a security interest
in Receivables in violation of the applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreements), another party purchases (or takes a security interest in) the
Receivables for new value in the ordinary course of business and takes
possession of the Receivables without actual knowledge of the related Trust's
interest, the purchaser (or secured party) will acquire an interest in the
Receivables superior to the interest of the related Trust. Under such
circumstances, there is a risk that the Trust would not be able to realize some
or all of the cash flow from such Receivable. Although such Affiliate or the
Seller would be liable to the Trust in that event, if such Affiliate or the
Seller became insolvent, holders of Securities could suffer losses.
 
RISK OF UNENFORCEABLE SECURITY INTEREST IN FINANCED VEHICLES
 
     In connection with the sale of Receivables by each Originator to the Seller
and by the Seller to a Trust, security interests in the Financed Vehicles
securing such Receivables will be assigned by such Originator to the Seller and
by the Seller to such Trust simultaneously with the sale of such Receivables by
such Originator to the Seller and by the Seller to such Trust. Due to
administrative burden and expense (i.e., fees payable to state motor vehicle
departments ranging up to approximately forty dollars per vehicle and related
paperwork), the certificates of title to the Financed Vehicles will not be
amended to reflect the assignments to the Seller or to the Trust. In the absence
of such amendments, the Seller and such Trust may not have a perfected security
interest in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables in some states. The
Seller will be obligated to repurchase any Receivable sold to such Trust as to
which the Seller has breached its representation that it has a perfected
security interest in the Financed Vehicle securing such Receivable as of the
date such Receivable is transferred to such Trust, if such breach shall
materially and adversely affect the interest of such Trust in such Receivable
and if a breach of such representation shall not have been cured by the last day
of the month that includes the sixtieth day (or, if the Seller elects, the
thirtieth day) following the discovery by or notice to the Seller of such
breach. If such Trust does not have a perfected security interest in a Financed
Vehicle, its ability to realize on such Financed Vehicle in the event of a
default may be adversely affected, which could result in delays in payments on
the related Notes (if any) and Certificates and possible reductions in the
amount of those payments. The applicable Affiliate will be obligated, pursuant
to the Purchase Agreement to which it is a party, to repurchase from the Seller
any Receivable sold by it thereunder that the Seller has repurchased as a result
of such a breach. The Seller will assign its rights under each Purchase
Agreement to the related Trust. The Seller believes that it is customary for
certificates of title or ownership to not be endorsed or amended in connection
with asset securitizations of the type contemplated hereby.
 
RISK OF NON-PRIORITY OF TRUST'S SECURITY INTEREST IN FINANCED VEHICLES
 
     To the extent the security interest in the Financed Vehicles is perfected,
such Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers of such Financed
Vehicles and holders of subsequently perfected security interests. However, as
against liens for repairs of Financed Vehicles or for taxes unpaid by an Obligor
under a Receivable, or through fraud or negligence, such Trust could lose the
priority of its security interest or its security interest in a Financed
Vehicle, which could result in delays in payments on the related Notes (if any)
and Certificates and
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   46
 
possible reductions in the amount of those payments. Neither the Seller nor the
Servicer will have an obligation to repurchase a Receivable as to which any of
the aforementioned occurrences result in such Trust's losing the priority of its
security interest or its security interest in such Financed Vehicle after the
date such security interest was conveyed to such Trust. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables -- Security Interest in Vehicles."
 
RISK OF SUBSTANTIVE CONSOLIDATION
 
     Seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions described herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement that are intended to ensure that the
voluntary or involuntary application for relief by KeyCorp or any Affiliate
subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") under the
Bankruptcy Code or similar applicable state laws ("Insolvency Laws") will not
result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Seller with those
of KeyCorp or such Affiliate. These steps include the creation of the Seller as
a separate, limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a certificate of
incorporation containing certain limitations (including restrictions on the
nature of the Seller's business and a restriction on the Seller's ability to
commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law without the
prior unanimous affirmative vote of all of its directors). However, there can be
no assurance that the activities of the Seller would not result in a court's
concluding that the assets and liabilities of the Seller should be consolidated
with those of KeyCorp or any Affiliate in a proceeding under any Insolvency Law.
See "The Seller." If a court were to conclude that the assets and liabilities of
the Seller should be consolidated with those of KeyCorp or any Affiliate in a
proceeding under any Insolvency Law, then any "true sale" to the Seller would be
ineffective to remove the Receivables and other assets from the bankruptcy
estate of KeyCorp or such Affiliate, and delays in payments of collections of
the Receivables could occur or reductions in the amount of such payments could
result. See "Risk of No 'True Sale' " below. Although there can be no assurance,
the Seller believes there is no material risk that the Trust would be
substantively consolidated with any other entity if that entity were to become
the subject of a proceeding under any Insolvency Law.
 
RISK OF NO "TRUE SALE"
 
     The Seller and each Affiliate subject to the Bankruptcy Code each intend
that the transfer of Receivables by such Affiliate to the Seller will constitute
a "true sale" of such Receivables. The Seller has taken steps in structuring its
purchases of Receivables from each Affiliate that is subject to the Bankruptcy
Code to increase the likelihood that such purchases will each be deemed a "true
sale". In particular, each such purchase will be without recourse to the
applicable Affiliate for credit losses and at a purchase price believed by the
parties to represent the fair market value of the applicable Receivables. If the
transfer does, in fact, constitute such a "true sale," the Receivables and the
proceeds thereof would not be part of such Affiliate's bankruptcy estate under
Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code should such Affiliate become the subject of a
bankruptcy case subsequent to the transfer of the Receivables to the Seller. It
is a condition of the offering that the Seller shall have received an opinion of
counsel to the effect that, subject to certain facts, assumptions and
qualifications, the transfer of such Receivables by an Affiliate subject to the
Bankruptcy Code to the Seller pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement would
be characterized as a "true sale" of such Receivables to the Seller and such
Receivables would not form part of such Affiliate's bankruptcy estate pursuant
to Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Seller or an Affiliate subject to the
Bankruptcy Code were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a creditor or
trustee in bankruptcy of the Seller or such Affiliate or the Seller or such
Affiliate itself were to take the position that the transfer of Receivables by
the Seller to the Trust, or by such Affiliate to the Seller, as the case may be,
should instead be treated as a pledge of the Receivables to secure a borrowing
of the Seller or such Affiliate, as the case may be, then delays in payments of
collections of the Receivables could occur or (should the court rule in favor of
any such trustee, debtor or creditor) reductions in the amount of such payments
could result. If the transfer of the Receivables by the Seller to the Trust, or
by an Affiliate subject to the Bankruptcy Code to the Seller, is treated as a
pledge instead of a sale, a tax, government or other lien on the property of the
Seller or such Affiliate, as the case may be, arising before the transfer of the
Receivables to the Trust may have priority over the Trust's or the Seller's
interest in the Receivables.
 
     In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993),
cert. denied 114 S.Ct 554 (1993), the United States Court of Appeals for the
10th Circuit suggested that even where a transfer of accounts from a
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   47
 
seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale," the accounts would nevertheless
constitute property of the seller's bankruptcy estate in a bankruptcy of the
seller. If the Seller were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding and a
court were to follow the Octagon court's reasoning, Securityholders might
experience delays in payment or possibly losses on their investment in the
Securities. The Permanent Editorial Board of the UCC has issued an official
commentary (PEB Commentary No. 14) which characterizes the Octagon court's
interpretation of Article 9 of the UCC as erroneous. Such commentary states that
nothing in Article 9 is intended to prevent the transfer of ownership of
accounts or chattel paper. However, such commentary is not legally binding on
any court.
 
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION INSOLVENCY RISKS
 
     Each Affiliate subject to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA"), intends that the transfer of the Receivables
by it to the Seller constitutes a sale. In the event that an Affiliate subject
to FIRREA were to become insolvent, FIRREA sets forth certain powers that the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") could exercise if it were
appointed as receiver of such Affiliate. Subject to certain qualifications, to
the extent that the Seller or related Trust has a valid perfected security
interest in the Receivables, such security interest should be enforceable (to
the extent of the "actual direct compensatory damages" of the Seller or such
Trust) notwithstanding the insolvency of, or the appointment of a receiver or
conservator for, any Affiliate, and payments to such Trust with respect to the
Receivables transferred to it from the Seller (up to the amount of such damages)
should not be subject to recovery by such a conservator or receiver. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Other Limitations." If, however, the
FDIC were to assert a contrary position, such as by requiring the Seller or
related Trust to establish its right to those payments by submitting to and
completing the administrative claims procedure established under FIRREA, delays
in payments on the related Notes (if any) and the Certificates and possible
reductions in the amount of those payments could occur. Alternatively, in such
circumstances, the FDIC might have the right to repudiate the applicable
Purchase Agreement and pay damages to the Seller which, in turn, would prepay
the related Notes (if any) and Certificates, and would shorten their respective
weighted average lives.
 
RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES
 
     It is a condition to the issuance of each class of Securities offered
hereby that they are rated by at least one nationally recognized statistical
rating agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment
grade. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities,
inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor. The ratings of the Securities address the likelihood of the
timely payment of interest on and the ultimate payment of principal of the
Securities pursuant to their terms. There can be no assurance that a rating will
remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or
withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the
future so warrant.
 
REALIZATION UPON FINANCED VEHICLES; OBLIGOR INSOLVENCY-RELATED RISKS
 
     Numerous statutory provisions, including Insolvency Laws, may interfere
with or affect the ability of a secured party to realize upon collateral or to
enforce a deficiency judgment against an obligor. For example, in a Chapter 13
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, a court may prevent a creditor from
repossessing a vehicle, and, as part of the obligor's rehabilitation plan,
reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the vehicle
at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the creditor as
a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy
court may also reduce the monthly payments due under a contract or change the
rate of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness. To the extent that
any credit enhancement for such Trust were insufficient to cover all such
losses, such actions could result in an inability of holders of the Notes (if
any) and Certificates issued by such Trust to recover payment in full of their
respective principal amounts and interest thereon or could result in delays in
such payments.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   48
 
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
     Federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements upon
creditors in connection with retail installment sales contracts and notes and
security agreements and certain of these laws make an assignee thereof (such as
a Trust) liable to the obligor thereon for any violation by the creditor or
subject to defenses which could be asserted by the obligor against the
applicable Dealer or Originator. Application of such laws could render a
Receivable unenforceable, cause the Trust to be unable to collect any balance
remaining due on the Receivable or result in liability to the Trust. Such
consequences could result in delays in payments on the related Notes (if any)
and Certificates and possible reductions in the amount of those payments. The
Seller will be obligated to repurchase any Receivable which fails to comply with
such requirements. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Consumer
Protection Laws."
 
LACK OF RECOURSE TO THE SELLER, THE SERVICER AND THEIR AFFILIATES
 
     None of the Seller, the Servicer or their affiliates is generally obligated
to make any payments in respect of any Notes, the Certificates or the
Receivables of a given Trust. The Securities will not be guaranteed by,
represent an interest in or obligation, either recourse or nonrecourse, of the
Seller, the Servicer or any person other than the Trust.
 
     However, in connection with the sale of Receivables by the Seller to a
given Trust, the Seller will make representations and warranties with respect to
the characteristics of such Receivables and, in certain circumstances, the
Seller may be required to repurchase Receivables with respect to which such
representations and warranties have been breached. See "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables." In
addition, under certain circumstances, the Servicer may be required to purchase
Receivables. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Servicing Procedures." To the extent that collections on any Receivable were
reduced as a result of any matter giving rise to a repurchase obligation on the
part of the Seller or the Servicer, and the Seller or the Servicer failed for
any reason to perform in accordance with that obligation, then delays in
payments on the related Notes (if any) and Certificates and possible reductions
in the amount of those payments could occur. Moreover, if the Bank were to cease
acting as the Servicer, delays in processing payments on the Receivables and
information in respect thereof could occur and result in delays in payments to
the Securityholders.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
     To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions
of interest and principal on one or more classes of Certificates of a series may
be subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal due on the
Notes, if any, of such series or one or more other classes of Certificates of
such series. Because all of such Securities will be issued by the same Trust and
entitled to receive payments and distributions from the same Trust Property,
investors in any such subordinated class or classes of Certificates should
consider the risk that losses on the Receivables will be borne by such investors
if any Reserve Account or any other credit enhancement is exhausted and could
result in the failure of such investors to recover their initial investment.
 
LIMITED ASSETS; RISK OF CREDIT LOSSES ON RECEIVABLES
 
     No Trust will have, or be permitted or expected to have, any significant
assets or sources of funds other than the Receivables and, to the extent
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, a
Revolving Account, a Reserve Account and any other credit enhancement. The Notes
of any series will represent obligations solely of, and the Certificates of any
series will represent interests solely in, the related Trust and neither the
Notes nor the Certificates of any series will be insured or guaranteed by any
Affiliate, the Seller, the Servicer, any Trustee, any Indenture Trustee or any
other person or entity. Consequently, holders of the Securities of any series
must rely for repayment upon payments on the related Receivables and, if and to
the extent available, amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (if any),
the Revolving Account (if any), the Reserve Account (if any) and any other
credit enhancement, all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Amounts to be deposited in any such Reserve Account with respect to any Trust
will be limited in amount and the amount required to be on deposit in such
Reserve Account will be reduced as the Pool Balance is reduced. In
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   49
 
addition, funds in any such Reserve Account will be available on each
Distribution Date to cover shortfalls in distributions of interest and principal
on the related Securities. If any such Reserve Account is depleted, the related
Trust will depend solely on current payments on its Receivables and other credit
enhancement (if any) to make payments on the related Securities. If losses occur
which are not covered by the Reserve Account (if any) or any other credit
enhancement or which exceed the amount covered by such credit enhancement,
holders of Securities may be unable to receive payment in full of principal and
interest on their respective Securities.
 
     If so directed by the holders of the requisite percentage of outstanding
Notes of a series issued with respect to a Trust that issues Notes, following an
acceleration of the Notes upon an Event of Default, the applicable Indenture
Trustee may sell the related Receivables in certain limited circumstances as
specified in the related Indenture. See "Description of the Notes -- The
Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default." However, there is
no assurance that the market value of such Receivables will at any time be equal
to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes.
Therefore, upon an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of any series,
there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available to repay the
related Noteholders in full. In addition, the amount of principal required to be
paid to Noteholders of such series under the related Indenture will generally be
limited to amounts available to be deposited in the applicable Note Distribution
Account. Therefore, the failure to pay principal on a class of Notes generally
will not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default until the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date (as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date") for such class of Notes.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES
 
     If so specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the property of a
Trust may include monies on deposit in a Pre-Funding Account or Revolving
Account, which monies will be used to purchase or otherwise acquire Subsequent
Receivables from the Seller from time to time during the Funding Period or
Revolving Period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If a
Pre-Funding Account or Revolving Account is included in the property of a Trust,
the ability of the Originators to generate Subsequent Receivables to be conveyed
to the Seller for subsequent conveyance to such Trust will affect the amount on
deposit in such account which is not applied to the purchase of Subsequent
Receivables during the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as applicable. Such
Funding Period may be up to one year in length in the case of any Trust that
issues Notes and 90 days after the Closing Date for any other Trust. The
duration of any Revolving Period will be set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. At the end of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as applicable,
the holders of Securities issued by such Trust may receive a prepayment of
principal in an amount equal to the amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account
or Revolving Account, as applicable. The reinvestment risk associated with any
such distribution of principal will be borne by the holders of the Securities
issued by such Trust. The amount that may be initially deposited into a
Pre-Funding Account may be up to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities
issued by a Trust. There is no limitation on the percentage of a Trust's
property which may be represented by amounts on deposit in a Pre-Funding Account
and consequently, there is no limitation on the percentage of a series or class
of Securities which may be represented by amounts on deposit in a Pre-Funding
Account. Amounts on deposit in a Revolving Account will be limited to the amount
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Amounts on deposit in any
Pre-Funding Account or Revolving Account may be invested only in certain
permitted investments deemed acceptable by the Rating Agencies as consistent
with the applicable ratings on the Securities. Subsequent Receivables may be
originated by the Originators at a later date using credit criteria different
from those which were applied to any Initial Receivables and may be of a
different credit quality. In addition, following the transfer of Subsequent
Receivables to the applicable Trust, the characteristics of the entire pool of
Receivables included in such Trust may vary significantly from those of the
Initial Receivables transferred to such Trust. Accordingly, it is possible that
the credit quality of the Receivables in a Trust, as a whole, may decline due to
the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust. The transfer of Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust may also result in an accelerated rate of payment to
the applicable Securityholders caused by an increased level of defaults on such
Receivables. Securityholders will bear all reinvestment risk associated with a
higher than expected rate of payment on the Securities. In addition, if such
Securities were purchased at a premium, a higher than expected rate of payment
would result in a reduction in the yield to maturity of any class of Securities
to which such payments are distributed. To the extent that amounts on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account or Revolving Account have not been fully applied to the
purchase of Subsequent Receivables by a Trust by the end
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   50
 
of the applicable Funding Period or Revolving Period and such amounts exceed the
applicable amount described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the holders of
Securities issued by the related Trust will receive, on the Distribution Date on
or immediately following the last day of the applicable Funding Period or
Revolving Period, as applicable, a prepayment of principal in an amount equal to
the amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account or Revolving Account following
the purchase of any Subsequent Receivables on such Distribution Date. It is
anticipated that the principal balance of Subsequent Receivables sold to a Trust
will not be exactly equal to the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account or
Revolving Account, and that therefore there will be at least a nominal amount of
principal prepaid to the holders of the Securities issued by such Trust. Holders
of Securities issued by a Trust the property of which includes a Pre-Funding
Account or Revolving Account will bear the reinvestment risk associated with any
such distribution of amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account or Revolving
Account after the termination of the applicable Pre-Funding Period or Revolving
Period, as applicable. Any such distribution will have the effect of a
prepayment on the related Receivables and, if such Securities were purchased at
a premium, would result in a reduction in the yield to maturity of any class of
Securities to which such amounts are distributed.
 
EXTENSIONS AND DEFERRALS OF PAYMENTS ON RECEIVABLES
 
     Consistent with its customary servicing practices and procedures, the
Servicer or its designee may, in its discretion and on a case-by-case basis,
arrange with Obligors to extend or modify the terms of the related Receivables.
Some, but not all, of such arrangements will cause the Servicer to be obligated
to purchase such Receivables. Any such extensions or modifications which do not
result in a Servicer obligation to purchase such Receivables may increase the
weighted average life of the related Securities. Any reinvestment risks
resulting from purchases by the Servicer of Receivables or faster or slower
payment resulting from extensions and modifications of payments on Receivables
held by the Trust will be borne entirely by the Securityholders of the related
series of Securities. The Servicer will not be permitted to grant any such
extension or modification if as a result the final scheduled payment on a
Receivable would fall after the related Final Scheduled Maturity Date, unless
the Servicer repurchases the affected Receivable. See "Risk Factors -- Risk of
Prepayment and Possible Adverse Effect on Yield" and "Weighted Average Life of
the Securities."
 
RISK OF COMMINGLING
 
     With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on the
related Receivables (from whatever source) and all proceeds of such Receivables
collected during each Collection Period into the Collection Account for such
Trust or, during any Revolving Period, into the Revolving Account for such
Trust. For so long as the Bank satisfies certain requirements for monthly or
less frequent remittances and the Rating Agencies (as such term is defined in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Rating Agencies") so permit in
connection with the ratings of the related Securities, then for so long as the
Bank serves as the Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer
Termination Event and (ii) each other condition to making such monthly or less
frequent deposits as may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement is
satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to deposit such amounts into the
Collection Account or, during any Revolving Period, into the Revolving Account
of such Trust until on or before the business day preceding each Distribution
Date. The Servicer will deposit the aggregate Purchase Amount of Receivables
purchased by the Servicer into the applicable Collection Account on or before
the business day preceding each Distribution Date. Pending deposit into such
Collection Account or, during any Revolving Period, into the Revolving Account,
collections may be invested by the Servicer at its own risk and for its own
benefit and will not be segregated from funds of the Servicer. If the Servicer
were unable to remit such funds, the applicable Securityholders might incur a
loss. For example, the Servicer might not be able to remit such funds if it were
to become a debtor in an insolvency proceeding. Under the UCC, the Trust's
interest in cash collected by the Servicer that has been commingled with other
funds of the Servicer would become unperfected ten days after receipt by the
Servicer. If the Servicer were to become a debtor in an insolvency proceeding,
the Trust might be deemed an unsecured creditor with respect to commingled funds
held by the Servicer longer than ten days. To the extent set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to satisfy the
requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for
the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of collections on
the related Receivables and payment of the aggregate Purchase Amount with
respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   51
 
SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS
 
     With respect to a series of Securities that includes Notes, in the event a
Servicer Termination Event occurs, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders with
respect to such series, as described under "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Rights Upon Servicer Termination Event" may remove the
Servicer without the consent of the Trustee or any of the Certificateholders
with respect to such series. The Trustee or the Certificateholders with respect
to such series will not have the ability to remove the Servicer if a Servicer
Termination Event occurs. In addition, the Noteholders of such series will have
the ability, with certain specified exceptions, to waive Servicer Termination
Events by the Servicer, including Servicer Termination Events that could
materially adversely affect the Certificateholders of such series. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Waiver of Past Servicer
Termination Events."
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
     Each class of Securities of a given series will be initially represented by
one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"), or any
other nominee for the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement (Cede, or such other nominee, "DTC's Nominee"), and will
not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners of the Securities
("Security Owners") of such series or their nominees unless Definitive
Securities are issued. As a result, unless and until Definitive Securities for
such series are issued, such Security Owners will not be recognized by the
Trustee or any applicable Indenture Trustee as "Certificateholders",
"Noteholders" or "Securityholders", as the case may be (as such terms are used
herein or in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or related Indenture
and Trust Agreement, as applicable). Hence, until Definitive Securities are
issued, such Security Owners will only be able to exercise the rights of
Securityholders indirectly through DTC, Cedel or Euroclear and their
participating organizations. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities
- -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities."
 
                                   THE TRUSTS
 
     With respect to each series of Securities, the Seller will establish a
separate Trust pursuant to the respective Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, for the transactions described herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement. The property of each Trust will include a
pool (a "Receivables Pool") of Receivables pursuant to which a purchaser (an
"Obligor") of a Financed Vehicle is obligated. The property of each Trust will
also include all payments received with respect to any Simple Interest
Receivables on and after the Cutoff Date (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a "Cutoff Date") and all payments due with respect to
Precomputed Receivables on and after the applicable Cutoff Date. Pursuant to
each Dealer Agreement, the applicable Dealer is obligated to purchase from the
Originator that is a party to such Dealer Agreement any Receivables sold or
originated thereunder which do not meet certain representations made by that
Dealer, and, to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
uncollectible Receivables covered by recourse plans ("Dealer Recourse"). The
Receivables of each Receivables Pool will be serviced by the Servicer. See "The
Bank." Receivables that are to be included in any Receivables Pool will be
transferred pursuant to a Purchase Agreement by an Affiliate to the Seller for
purposes of transfer to the applicable Trust. In addition, to the extent
described in any Prospectus Supplement, the related Receivables Pool may include
Receivables acquired by an Affiliate through acquisitions.
 
     On or before the applicable Closing Date, the Seller will sell the Initial
Receivables of the applicable Receivables Pool to the Trust. To the extent so
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, Subsequent Receivables will be
conveyed to the Trust as frequently as daily during a Funding Period. Any
Subsequent Receivables so conveyed will also be assets of the applicable Trust
and will be subject to the prior rights of the related Indenture Trustee and the
Noteholders, if any, therein. The property of each Trust will also include (i)
such amounts as from time to time may be held in separate trust accounts
established and maintained pursuant to the related Transfer and Servicing
Agreement and the proceeds of such accounts, as described herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement (see "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement--Accounts" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement); (ii)
security interests in the Financed Vehicles and any other interest of the Seller
in such Financed Vehicles; (iii) the Seller's rights to proceeds from claims on
physical damage,
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   52
 
credit life and disability insurance policies, if any, covering the Financed
Vehicles or the Obligors, as the case may be, and rebates of premiums relating
to any insurance policies and rebates of other items such as extended warranties
financed under the Receivables, to the extent applied to reduce the principal
balance of the related Receivable; (iv) any property or rights that shall have
secured a Receivable and that shall have been acquired by the applicable Trust;
(v) any Dealer Recourse and other rights of Affiliates under Dealer Agreements;
(vi) the Seller's rights under the related Purchase Agreements; (vii) the
Seller's rights to documents and instruments relating to the Receivables; and
(viii) any and all proceeds of the foregoing; provided that, with respect to any
series of Notes, the relevant rights and benefits with respect to such property
will be assigned by the Seller and the applicable Trustee to the related
Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the related Securityholders. To the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, a
Revolving Account, a Reserve Account or other form of credit enhancement may be
a part of the property of any given Trust or may be held by the Trustee or an
Indenture Trustee for the benefit of holders of the related Securities.
 
     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may acquire
Initial Receivables pursuant to warehouse financing arrangements entered into
prior to the sale by that Trust of any Notes offered hereby. "Warehouse
financing" generally refers to interim financing of Motor Vehicle Loans during
the period from the purchase or funding of the Motor Vehicle Loans by
Originators until the securitization of the Motor Vehicle Loans. Often, an
Originator will obtain some or all of the funds to purchase or fund Motor
Vehicle Loans through internal funds. Any remaining funds necessary may be
borrowed from a bank or other third party. In some cases, to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust that issues Notes will
acquire Receivables prior to the issuance of the Notes and/or Certificates
ultimately to be issued by that Trust. The interim financing for such
acquisitions will be provided by the issuance by the Trust of notes or
certificates which were privately placed. Such notes or certificates will be
refinanced by the sale of the Notes and/or Certificates. It will be a condition
to the issuance of any Securities which refinance other securities issued by any
such Trust that such warehouse financing be repaid to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, and any related security interests released, at
or prior to the time of such issuance.
 
     The Servicer will service the Receivables held by each Trust and will
receive fees for such services. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein and "--
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the related Prospectus
Supplement. To facilitate the servicing of the Receivables, each Trustee will
authorize the Servicer or the applicable Originator acting as subservicer, as
the case may be, to retain physical possession of the documents representing the
Receivables held by each Trust and other documents relating thereto as custodian
for each such Trust. Due to administrative burden and expense, the certificates
of title to the Financed Vehicles will not be amended to reflect the sale and
assignment of the security interest in the Financed Vehicles to the Seller or
each Trust. In the absence of such amendments, the Seller and such Trust may not
have a perfected security interest in the Financed Vehicles in all states. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" and "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
 
     Notes and Certificates of a given Series will be issued by the same Trust
and payable from the same Trust property. If the protection provided to any
Noteholders of a given series by the subordination of the related Certificates
and by the Reserve Account (if any) or other credit enhancement for such series,
or the protection provided to Certificateholders by any such Reserve Account or
other credit enhancement is insufficient, such Noteholders or
Certificateholders, as the case may be, would have to look principally to the
Obligors on the related Receivables, the proceeds from the repossession and sale
of Financed Vehicles which secure defaulted Receivables and the proceeds from
any recourse against Dealers with respect to such Receivables. In such event,
certain factors, such as the applicable Trust's not having perfected security
interests in the Financed Vehicles in all states, may affect the Servicer's
ability to repossess and sell the collateral securing the Receivables, and thus
may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to the holders of the Securities of
such series. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Distributions", "-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Receivables."
 
     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may make an
election to be treated as a "financial asset securitization investment trust" or
"FASIT." The applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement for such a Trust may
contain any such terms and provide for the issuance of Notes or Certificates on
such terms
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   53
 
and conditions as are permitted to a FASIT and described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences -- FASIT
Legislation."
 
     The principal offices of the applicable Trust (if any) and the related
Trustee will be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
     The Trustee for each Trust will be specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of
the related Securities is limited solely to the express obligations of such
Trustee set forth in the related Trust Agreement and the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement. The Trustee under each Trust Agreement will perform
administrative functions under such Trust Agreement, including making
distributions from the Certificate Distribution Account. A Trustee may resign at
any time, in which event the Servicer, or its successor, will be obligated to
appoint a successor trustee. The Servicer may also remove the Trustee if the
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee under the related Trust
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, or if the Trustee
becomes insolvent. In such circumstances, the Servicer will be obligated to
appoint a successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of a Trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by the successor trustee.
 
                             THE RECEIVABLES POOLS
 
GENERAL
 
     The Receivables in each Receivables Pool are and will be motor vehicle
retail installment sales contracts entered into between Obligors and automotive
dealers and Direct Loans (collectively, "Motor Vehicle Loans"). Each Receivables
Pool generally will include Receivables originated by one or more of the Primary
Originators. In addition, the related Receivables Pool may include Receivables
originated by other Affiliates, including Receivables acquired through
acquisitions of such Affiliates. Receivables of an Affiliate that are to be
included in any Receivables Pool will be transferred pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement by an Affiliate to the Seller for purposes of sale to the applicable
Trust.
 
     The Primary Originators originate Motor Vehicle Loans across a wide credit
spectrum of Obligors. Obligors which do not meet traditional credit standards
are the focus of specialty finance programs. The Bank is considered a
traditional credit originator and AutoFinance Group is considered a specialty
finance originator. Specialty finance credits will have higher loss rates and
may have higher delinquency rates than traditional credits.
 
     The Receivables to be held by each Trust will be selected from the Motor
Vehicle Loan portfolio of each Affiliate for inclusion in a Receivables Pool by
several criteria, including that each Receivable (i) is secured by a new or used
vehicle, (ii) was originated in the United States, (iii) is a Precomputed
Receivable or a Simple Interest Receivable and (iv) as of the Cutoff Date (a)
had an outstanding principal balance of at least the amount set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement, (b) had a scheduled maturity not later than the
date set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, (c) had an original term to
maturity of not more than the period set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement and (d) had a Contract Rate of not less than the rate per annum set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. No selection criteria or procedures
believed by the Seller to be adverse to the Securityholders are to be used in
selecting the Receivables.
 
     "Precomputed Receivables" consist of any of the following (i) monthly
actuarial receivables ("Actuarial Receivables"), (ii) receivables that provide
for allocation of payments according to the "Rule of 78's" ("Rule of 78's
Receivables") or (iii) receivables that provide for allocation of payments
according to the "Sum of Periodic Balances" method ("Sum of Periodic Balances
Receivables"). An Actuarial Receivable provides for amortization of the loan
over a series of fixed level payment monthly installments. Each monthly
installment, including the monthly installment representing the final payment on
the receivable, consists of an amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the Contract
Rate of the loan multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of the loan, and an
amount of principal equal to the remainder of the monthly installment. Rule of
78's Receivables and Sum of Periodic
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   54
 
Balances Receivables provide for the payment by the obligor of a specified total
amount of payments, payable in equal monthly installments on each due date,
which total represents the principal amount financed and add-on interest in an
amount calculated at the stated Contract Rate for the term of the receivable.
For a Rule of 78's Receivable, the rate at which such amount of add-on interest
is earned and, correspondingly, the amount of each fixed monthly installment
allocated to reduction of the outstanding principal are calculated in accordance
with the "Rule of 78's." For a Sum of Periodic Balances Receivable, the rate at
which such amount of add-on interest is earned and, correspondingly, the amount
of each fixed monthly installment allocated to reduction of the outstanding
principal are calculated in accordance with the Sum of Periodic Balances method.
In either case, the fraction used in the calculation of add-on interest earned
each month has as its denominator a number equal to the sum of the series of
numbers (the sum of the numbers of payments, in the case of a Rule of 78's
Receivable, and the sum of the periodic principal balances for each month, in
the case of Sum of Periodic Balances Receivables). The numerator of the fraction
for a given month is the number of payments or the principal balance, as the
case may be, before giving effect to the payment to be made in that month. For
example, in the case of a Rule of 78's Receivable providing for twelve payments,
the denominator of each month's fraction will be 78, the sum of the series of
numbers from one to twelve. The fraction for the first payment would be 12/78,
the fraction for the second payment would be 11/78 and the fraction for the last
payment would be 1/78. The applicable fraction is then multiplied by the total
add-on interest payable over the entire term of the receivable, and the
resulting amount is the amount of add-on interest "earned" that month. The
difference between the amount of the monthly payment and the amount of add-on
interest earned for the month is applied to reduce the outstanding principal
balance of the receivable.
 
     "Simple Interest Receivables" are receivables that provide for the
amortization of the amount financed under each receivable over a series of fixed
level payment monthly installments. Unlike the monthly installment under an
Actuarial Receivable, however, each monthly installment consists of an amount of
interest which is calculated on the basis of the outstanding principal balance
of the receivable multiplied by the stated Contract Rate and further multiplied
by the period elapsed (as a fraction of a calendar year) since the preceding
payment of interest was made. As payments are received under a Simple Interest
Receivable, the amount received is applied first to interest accrued to the date
of payment and the balance is applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance.
Accordingly, if an obligor pays a fixed monthly installment before its scheduled
due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the period since
the preceding payment was made will be less than it would have been had the
payment been made as scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce
the unpaid principal balance will be correspondingly greater. Conversely, if an
obligor pays a fixed monthly installment after its scheduled due date, the
portion of the payment allocable to interest for the period since the preceding
payment was made will be greater than it would have been had the payment been
made as scheduled, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid
principal balance will be correspondingly less. In either case, the obligor pays
a fixed monthly installment until the final scheduled payment date, at which
time the amount of the final installment is increased or decreased, or
additional monthly payments are required after the final scheduled payment date,
as necessary to repay the then outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued
interest. If a receivable is prepaid, the Obligor is required to pay interest
only to the date of prepayment.
 
     Interest accrues more rapidly and principal is amortized more slowly on
Rule of 78's and Sum of Periodic Balances Receivables than on Actuarial
Receivables. Each Trust will account for the Rule of 78's and Sum of Periodic
Balances Receivables as if such Receivables were Actuarial Receivables. Amounts
received upon prepayment in full of a Rule of 78's or Sum of Periodic Balances
Receivable in excess of the then outstanding principal balance of such
Receivable and accrued interest thereon (calculated pursuant to the actuarial
method) will not be paid to the Noteholders or passed through to the
Certificateholders of the applicable series but will be paid to the Servicer as
additional servicing compensation.
 
     Information with respect to each Receivables Pool will be set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement, including, to the extent appropriate, the
composition, the distribution by Contract Rate and by the geographic location,
the portion of such Receivables Pool consisting of Precomputed Receivables and
of Simple Interest Receivables and the portion of such Receivables Pool secured
by new vehicles and by used vehicles.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   55
 
UNDERWRITING
 
     The Primary Originators may originate Motor Vehicle Loans in any of the
following ways: (1) making a Direct Loan to an Obligor through a Dealer that
performs certain ministerial loan processing functions on behalf of the Primary
Originator, (2) purchasing a retail installment sales contract from a Dealer
pursuant to a Dealer Agreement between the Primary Originator and the Dealer,
(3) purchasing/originating a Motor Vehicle Loan pursuant to a purchase agreement
(a "Flow Agreement") with a third party ("Flow Purchases") or (4) bulk purchases
of Motor Vehicle Loan portfolios from third parties ("Bulk Purchases").
 
     Each Primary Originator establishes and maintains relationships with
Dealers. Each Primary Originator selects Dealers based upon the Dealer's
commercial reputation, the prior experience of the Dealer (or a predecessor
organization) and, in some cases, a financial review of the Dealer. Each Dealer
from whom any of the Originators purchases a Motor Vehicle Loan or that performs
certain ministerial loan processing functions for Direct Loans must execute a
Dealer Agreement with such Originator which sets out, among other things, the
guidelines and procedures of the purchasing/originating process. Such Dealer
Agreements provide for the repurchase by the Dealer of any Motor Vehicle Loan if
any representations or warranties made by the Dealer relating to the Motor
Vehicle Loan are breached.
 
     Each Primary Originator also may establish and maintain relationships with
third parties ("Flow Parties") who will refer individual Motor Vehicle Loan
applications to such Primary Originator or sell individual Motor Vehicle Loans
to the Primary Originator from time to time. Each Flow Party must execute a Flow
Agreement with such Primary Originator which sets out, among other things, the
guidelines and procedures of the purchasing process. Such Flow Agreements
provide for the repurchase by the Flow Party of any Motor Vehicle Loan if any
representations or warranties made by the Flow Party relating to the Motor
Vehicle Loan are breached.
 
     Except in the case of Bulk Purchases, Motor Vehicle Loans are originated or
acquired by a Primary Originator in accordance with such Primary Originator's
underwriting standards (or, in the case of Motor Vehicle Loans originated by a
third party and subsequently acquired by a Primary Originator, the underwriting
standards of such third party). In the case of Bulk Purchases, the Primary
Originator's underwriting standards are used solely to assist in the
determination of the purchase price such Primary Originator is willing to pay
for a Motor Vehicle Loan Portfolio. While underwriting standards differ by
Primary Originator, the underwriting of traditional credits places greater
emphasis on the vehicle buyer's ability to repay the obligation and less
emphasis on the value of the vehicle being purchased, while the underwriting of
specialty finance credits focuses upon both factors more evenly. In general, but
to a greater extent with specialty finance credits, the underwriting standards
of the Primary Originators are not a fixed set of criteria which are required to
be met by all Motor Vehicle Loans. Underwriting standards are intended to guide
and complement, but not replace, the judgment of the credit underwriter in
reviewing a credit application.
 
     The credit underwriting process for both traditional and specialty finance
credits is consistent in that applicants are required to complete an application
which generally includes such information as the applicant's income, residential
status, deposit accounts, liabilities, credit and employment history and other
personal information. The application is reviewed for completeness.
 
     Depending on the type of credit, use of subjective credit judgment varies.
Traditional credit underwriting relies heavily on credit scores derived from
both proprietary score cards and credit bureau reports. Specialty finance credit
underwriting relies more heavily on information provided in the application and
the credit bureau report(s) with the underwriter evaluating, among other things,
the relationships among the applicant's income, debt and expenses generally and
debt and expenses related to the proposed Motor Vehicle Loan. The applicant's
creditworthiness may be (and typically is, in the case of specialty finance)
further evaluated through verification of employment and/or income of the
applicant. Additionally, other factors deemed appropriate by the credit
underwriter may be evaluated and/or verified prior to making the credit
decision. Finally, the "value" of the vehicle to be purchased is determined
based upon the manufacturer's suggested retail price (MSRP) or average retail
value reported in the National Automotive Dealers Association's Used Car Guide
(or similar value source) for traditional programs, or dealer invoice or
wholesale value for specialty finance programs, and an evaluation is made of the
collateral and the applicant's ability to repay.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   56
 
     Generally, the Primary Originators will not finance more than approximately
100% of the "value" of the vehicle plus related amounts financed in connection
therewith, if any, such as title and licensing fees, taxes, credit and life
insurance premiums and extended warranties. Applications for Motor Vehicle Loans
which do not meet customary guidelines require review and approval by a more
senior credit underwriting employee than Motor Vehicle Loans which conform to
such guidelines.
 
     The credit underwriting process for Bulk Purchases differs significantly
from the underwriting process for individual Motor Vehicle Loans. In Bulk
Purchases, the applicable Primary Originator uses its underwriting standards
solely to assist in the determination of an appropriate purchase price for the
Motor Vehicle Loan portfolio. Bulk Purchases are typically non-recourse to the
seller. The purchase agreement for a Bulk Purchase will require the seller to
repurchase Motor Vehicle Loans which violate any material representations or
warranties made by the seller.
 
SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES
 
     Subsequent Receivables may be originated at a later date using credit
criteria different from those which were applied to any Initial Receivables and
may be of a different credit quality. In addition, following the transfer of
Subsequent Receivables to the applicable Trust, the characteristics of the
entire pool of Receivables included in such Trust may vary significantly from
those of the Initial Receivables transferred to such Trust. See "Risk
Factors -- Risks Associated with Subsequent Receivables." Regular periodic
information regarding the Subsequent Receivables will be included under Item 5
in each Current Report filed on Form 8-K with the Commission pursuant to the
Exchange Act with respect to each Trust to which Subsequent Receivables have
been transferred.
 
SERVICING AND COLLECTIONS
 
     Each Trust will hire the Bank as the Servicer. The Servicer is permitted to
delegate any and all of its servicing duties to any of its Affiliates, provided
that the Servicer will remain obligated and liable for servicing the Receivables
as if the Servicer alone were servicing the Receivables. It is expected that the
Servicer will delegate to AutoFinance Group servicing of all Receivables
originated or purchased by AutoFinance Group.
 
     The servicing functions performed by the Servicer include customer service,
document file keeping, computerized account record keeping, vehicle title
processing, and collections. Specific servicing policies and practices of the
Servicer may be tailored to groups or types of Motor Vehicle Loans based upon
the perceived credit risk of each such group, and may change over time in
accordance with the Servicer's business judgment and experience.
 
     The servicing policies and practices of the Servicer generally are somewhat
different for traditional credits and specialty finance credits. These
differences relate primarily to tolerance for delinquency, willingness to adjust
contract terms due to specific circumstances, timeliness with which other
collection remedies are activated and charge off policies.
 
     Tolerance for Delinquency.  For traditional credits, typically payment
coupon books are utilized and accounts are allowed to become as much as 15 to 20
days delinquent before customer contact about the past due payment is initiated.
As the perception of risk increases, the tolerance for delinquency is reduced
and, accordingly, such contact is initiated sooner. For those traditional
credits which are perceived to be in the greatest risk category, the customer
contact time frame is initiated in as few as 5 days of delinquency. For
specialty finance credits, collection procedures typically attempt to be more
proactive. Monthly billing statements, rather than coupon books, serve as a
monthly reminder to the customer of his or her upcoming payment obligation.
Monthly statements also serve as an early warning mechanism in the event the
customer has failed to notify the Servicer of an address change. Customer
contact often is initiated within the first day or two of delinquency.
 
     Willingness to Adjust Contract Terms.  For traditional credits, the
Servicer is generally willing to adjust contract terms by extending the contract
term and/or deferring monthly payments based upon a customer's circumstances.
Consistent with its customary servicing practices and procedures, with respect
to traditional credits, the Servicer or its designee may, in its discretion and
on a case-by-case basis, arrange with Obligors to extend or modify the terms of
the related Receivables. In addition to extensions granted in connection with
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   57
 
special or seasonal programs, the Servicer generally permits an obligor on a
traditional credit who has met certain requirements to defer the full scheduled
amount of a loan payment on up to two occasions in any twelve month period. In
addition, the Servicer generally grants extensions or modifications on a
traditional credit in situations where the Servicer believes such action is
likely to maximize the amount collected. Extensions are not granted to forestall
an inevitable loss. Extensions and payment deferrals generally are not permitted
in the case of specialty finance credits except in unusual cases.
 
     Activation of Other Collection Remedies.  For traditional credits, the
decision to repossess the collateral typically does not occur until
approximately 60 days of delinquency. For specialty finance credits such
decisions generally occur between 15 and 45 days of delinquency.
 
     Charge Off Policies.  A delinquent traditional credit account typically
will be charged-off at the earlier of approximately 120 days of delinquency or
receipt of repossession proceeds. A specialty finance credit account in the
Trust typically will be charged-off at the earlier of the time repossession
proceeds are received or 90 days of delinquency.
 
     Regardless of the type of credit, any deficiency balance remaining
generally is pursued to the extent practicable and legally permitted.
 
PHYSICAL DAMAGE INSURANCE
 
     Each Primary Originator requires Obligors to obtain and maintain physical
damage insurance on each Financed Vehicle sufficient to cover the balance of the
Motor Vehicle Loan. In the event such insurance coverage is not maintained, the
Originator has the right, but is not obligated, to declare the Motor Vehicle
Loan to be in default. The Primary Originators will not force-place (i.e.,
purchase a policy and charge the Obligor for the amount of the premium) an
insurance policy to cover any Financed Vehicle. After the origination of a Motor
Vehicle Loan, the Originators do not directly verify coverage of insurance but
contract with an unaffiliated company to monitor insurance coverage on all
outstanding Motor Vehicle Loans.
 
DELINQUENCIES AND NET LOSSES
 
     Certain information concerning the experience of the Servicer or the
applicable Originators pertaining to delinquencies and net losses with respect
to Motor Vehicle Loans will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
There can be no assurance that the delinquency and net loss experience on any
Receivables Pool will be comparable to prior experience or to such information.
 
                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES
 
     The weighted average life of the Notes, if any, and the Certificates of any
series will generally be influenced by the rate at which the principal balances
of the related Receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of
scheduled amortization or prepayments. (For this purpose, the term "prepayments"
includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments, liquidations due to default,
as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit life and disability
insurance policies and certain other Receivables repurchased by the Seller or
the Servicer for administrative reasons but does not include Payaheads.) See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Accounts." All of the
Receivables are repayable at any time without penalty to the Obligor. The rate
of prepayment of automotive receivables is influenced by a variety of economic,
social and other factors, including decreases in the general level of prevailing
interest rates, the desire of the Obligor to purchase a new vehicle and the fact
that an Obligor generally may not sell or transfer the Financed Vehicle securing
a Receivable unless such Receivable is paid in full. In addition, under certain
circumstances, the Seller will be obligated to repurchase Receivables from a
given Trust pursuant to the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement as a result
of breaches of representations and warranties and the Servicer will be obligated
to purchase Receivables from such Trust pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing
Agreement as a result of breaches of certain covenants. Holders of Securities
should consider, in the case of Securities purchased at a discount, the risk
that a slower than anticipated rate of principal payments on the Receivables
could result in an actual yield that is less than the anticipated yield and, in
the case of Securities purchased at a premium, the risk that a faster than
anticipated rate of principal
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   58
 
payments on the Receivables could result in an actual yield that is less than
the anticipated yield. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements
- -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and "-- Servicing Procedures." See also
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Termination" regarding
the option of the Seller and Servicer to purchase the Receivables from a given
Trust, "-- Insolvency" regarding the sale of the Receivables owned by a Trust
that is not a grantor trust if an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller
occurs and "Risk Factors -- Financial Institution Insolvency Risks" regarding
the right of the FDIC to prepay Securities in certain circumstances.
 
     No prediction can be made as to the rate of prepayment on the Receivables.
The Servicer maintains limited records of the historical prepayment experience
of the Motor Vehicle Loans included in its portfolio and is not aware of any
publicly available industry statistics for the entire industry on an aggregate
basis that set forth principal prepayment experience for Motor Vehicle Loans
similar to the Receivables over an extended period of time.
 
     In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to the
amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes, if any, or the
Certificates of a given series on each Payment Date or Distribution Date, as
applicable, since such amount will depend, in part, on the amount of principal
collected on the related Receivables Pool during the applicable Collection
Period. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence of
prepayment of Receivables will be borne entirely by the Noteholders, if any, and
the Certificateholders of a given series. The related Prospectus Supplement may
set forth certain additional information with respect to the maturity and
prepayment considerations applicable to the particular Receivables Pool and the
related series of Securities.
 
     Any extensions or modifications of Receivables which do not result in a
Servicer obligation to purchase such Receivables may increase the weighted
average life of the related Securities. Unless the Servicer repurchases the
affected Receivable, the Servicer will not be permitted voluntarily to (i) make
modifications to the Receivables that reduce the original rates of interest or
the aggregate principal amount of scheduled payments on the Receivables (ii)
grant any extension or modification if as a result the final scheduled payment
on a Receivable would fall after the related Final Scheduled Maturity Date or
(iii) amend or otherwise modify a Receivable in a Trust to be treated as a
grantor trust if such amendment or modification would result in a deemed
exchange of such Receivable under Section 1001 of the Code.
 
                      POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION
 
     The "Note Pool Factor" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit
decimal which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect
to such class of Notes expressing the remaining outstanding principal balance of
such class of Notes, as of the applicable Payment Date (after giving effect to
payments to be made on such Payment Date), as a fraction of the initial
outstanding principal balance of such class of Notes. The "Certificate Pool
Factor" for each class of Certificates will be a seven-digit decimal which the
Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect to such class of
Certificates expressing the remaining Certificate Balance of such class of
Certificates, as of the applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the
initial Certificate Balance of such class of Certificates. Each Note Pool Factor
and each Certificate Pool Factor will initially be 1.0000000 and thereafter will
decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding principal balance of the
applicable class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate Balance of the
applicable class of Certificates, as the case may be. A Noteholder's portion of
the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class of Notes is the
product of (i) the original denomination of such Noteholder's Note and (ii) the
applicable Note Pool Factor. A Certificateholder's portion of the aggregate
outstanding Certificate Balance for the related class of Certificates is the
product of (i) the original denomination of such Certificateholder's Certificate
and (ii) the applicable Certificate Pool Factor.
 
     The Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders will receive reports on
or about each Payment Date concerning payments received on the Receivables, the
Pool Balance (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
"Pool Balance"), each Certificate Pool Factor or Note Pool Factor, as
applicable, and various other items of information, including amounts allocated
or distributed for such Payment Date. In addition, Securityholders of record
during any calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting
purposes not
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   59
 
later than the latest date permitted by law. See "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities--Reports to Securityholders."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities of a given series will be
applied by the Seller or the applicable Trust (i) to the purchase of the
Receivables and/or repayment of any related Warehouse Financing, (ii) to make
the initial required deposit (if any) into any Reserve Account, (iii) to make
the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount into the Pre-Funding Account, if any, and
(iv) such other uses as may be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The portion of the net proceeds paid to the Seller will be used to purchase the
Receivables from the Affiliates.
 
                                   THE SELLER
 
     The Seller is a wholly-owned subsidiary of KeyCorp, an Ohio financial
services holding company headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio ("KeyCorp"). The
Seller was incorporated in the State of Delaware on September 13, 1996. The
principal executive offices of the Seller are located at Key Tower, 127 Public
Square, Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1306 and its telephone number is (216) 689-3000.
 
     The Seller has taken steps in structuring the transactions described herein
and in the Prospectus Supplement that are intended to ensure that the voluntary
or involuntary application for relief by KeyCorp under any Insolvency Laws will
not result in consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Seller with
those of KeyCorp. These steps include the creation of the Seller as a separate,
limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a certificate of incorporation and bylaws
containing certain limitations (including restrictions on the nature of the
Seller's business and a restriction on the Seller's ability to commence a
voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law without the prior
unanimous affirmative vote of all of its directors). However, there can be no
assurance that the activities of the Seller would not result in a court's
concluding that the assets and liabilities of the Seller should be consolidated
with those of KeyCorp in a proceeding under any Insolvency Law. See "Risk
Factors -- Risk of Substantive Consolidation."
 
     The Seller will warrant to the Trust in the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement that the sale of the Receivables by the Seller to the
Trustee on behalf of the Trust is a valid sale of such Receivables. In addition,
the Seller, the Trustee and the Trust will treat the conveyance by the Seller of
the Receivables as a sale of the Receivables by the Seller to the Trustee on
behalf of the Trust and the Seller will take or cause to be taken all actions
that are required to perfect the Trustee's ownership in such Receivables. If the
Seller were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and a creditor or trustee in
bankruptcy of the Seller or the Seller itself were to take the position that the
sale of Receivables by the Seller to the Trust should instead be treated as a
pledge of the Receivables to secure a borrowing of the Seller, then delays in
payments of collections of the Receivables could occur or (should the court rule
in favor of any such trustee, debtor or creditor) reductions in the amount of
such payments could result. If the transfer of the Receivables by the Seller to
the Trustee on behalf of the Trust is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a
tax or government lien on the property of the Seller arising before the transfer
of the Receivables to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust may have priority over
such Trustee's interest in the Receivables. If the conveyance by the Seller of
the Receivables is treated as a sale, the Receivables would not be part of the
Seller's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the Seller's creditors.
 
                                    THE BANK
 
     Key Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of KeyCorp. The Bank is engaged in banking and related
activities, including providing automotive financing services to its customers
and to automotive dealers and their customers. The principal executive offices
of the Bank are located at Key Center, 127 Public Square, Cleveland, Ohio,
44114-1306 and its telephone number is (216) 689-6300.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   60
 
                               AUTOFINANCE GROUP
 
     AutoFinance Group, Inc. is an Ohio corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of KeyCorp. AutoFinance Group was formed in 1995 to facilitate the
consummation of a merger, which became effective September 27, 1995, pursuant to
which AutoFinance Group, Inc., a California corporation, merged with and into
AutoFinance Group, with AutoFinance Group continuing as the surviving
corporation under the name "AutoFinance Group, Inc." The executive offices of
AutoFinance Group are located at 601 Oakmont Lane, Suite 110, Westmont,
Illinois, 60559-5549.
 
     AutoFinance Group is an automotive finance company engaged primarily in the
indirect financing (the purchase of retail installment sales contracts from
Dealers) of automotive purchases by individuals which do not qualify for
traditional credit financing. This specialty finance market segment is comprised
of individuals who are deemed to be higher credit risks due to various factors,
including, among other things, the manner in which they have handled previous
credit, the absence or limited extent of their prior credit history, or their
limited financial resources. AutoFinance Group serves as an alternative source
of financing to automotive dealers and offers such automotive dealers the
opportunity for increased sales to customers who typically do not qualify for
financing by the automotive dealers' traditional financing sources.
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
GENERAL
 
     With respect to each Trust that issues Notes, one or more classes of Notes
of the related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of an Indenture, a
form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus forms a part. The following summary describes the material
terms and provisions of the Indenture and Notes, but it does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all the provisions of the applicable Notes and Indenture.
 
     Each class of Notes will initially be represented by one or more Notes, in
each case registered in the name of a nominee of DTC (together with any
successor depository selected by the Trust, the "Depository") except as set
forth below. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Definitive
Securities." Notes will be available for purchase in denominations specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement or, if not so specified, in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Notes may be issued in book-entry form or
as Definitive Notes and if not otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, will be issued in book-entry form only. As to Notes issued in
book-entry form, the Seller has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be
Cede, unless another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the Notes of
each such class. Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued in replacement for
book-entry Notes under the limited circumstances described herein or in the
related Prospectus Supplement, no Note Owner will be entitled to receive a
physical certificate representing a Note. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Definitive Securities." As to the Notes issued in book-entry form,
all references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement to actions by
Noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its
participating organizations (the "Participants") and all references herein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to Noteholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to DTC or its nominee, as the registered holder of the Notes, for
distribution to Noteholders in accordance with DTC's procedures with respect
thereto. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry
Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities."
 
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES
 
     The timing and priority of payment, seniority, Interest Rate and amount of
or method of determining payments of principal and interest on each class of
Notes of a given series will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The right of holders of any class of Notes to receive payments of principal and
interest may be senior or subordinate to the rights of holders of any other
class or classes of Notes of such series, as described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The dates for payments of interest and principal on the Notes of
such series may be different from the Distribution Dates for the Certificates of
such series. To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
payments of interest on the Notes other than certain Strip Notes, if any, of
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   61
 
such series will be made prior to payments of principal thereon. To the extent
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a series may include one or more
classes of Strip Notes entitled to (i) principal payments with disproportionate,
nominal or no interest payments or (ii) interest payments with disproportionate,
nominal or no principal payments. Each class of Notes may have a different
Interest Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable Interest Rate (and
which may be zero for certain classes of Strip Notes), or any combination of the
foregoing. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for
each class of Notes of a given series or the method for determining such
Interest Rate. See also "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Fixed
Rate Securities" and "-- Floating Rate Securities." One or more classes of Notes
of a series may be redeemable in whole or in part under the circumstances
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, including at the end of the
Funding Period (if any) or as a result of the exercise by the Seller or Servicer
of its option to purchase the related Receivables Pool.
 
     To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments to
Noteholders of all classes within a series in respect of interest will have the
same priority. Under certain circumstances, the amount available for such
payments could be less than the amount of interest payable on the Notes on any
of the dates specified for payments in the related Prospectus Supplement (each,
a "Payment Date", which may be the same date as each applicable Distribution
Date as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement), in which case each
class of Noteholders will receive its ratable share (based upon the aggregate
amount of interest due to such class of Noteholders) of the aggregate amount
available to be distributed in respect of interest on the Notes of such series.
See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and
"-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement."
 
     In the case of a series of Notes which includes two or more classes of
Notes, the sequential order and priority of payment in respect of principal and
interest, and any schedule or formula or other provisions applicable to the
determination thereof, of each such class will be set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Payments in respect of principal and interest of any
class of Notes will be made on a pro rata basis among all the Noteholders of
such class.
 
     Fixed Payment Notes.  To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement,
one or more classes of Notes of a given series may have fixed principal payment
schedules. Noteholders of such Notes would be entitled to receive as payments of
principal on any given Payment Date the applicable amounts set forth on such
schedule with respect to such Notes, in the manner and to the extent set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Short Term Asset Backed Notes.  To the extent specified in any Prospectus
Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be entitled to
receive principal payments prior to the receipt of principal payments by other
classes of Securities issued by the applicable Trust. If so provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, such class or classes of Notes will have a final
scheduled maturity date of less than 397 days from the initial trade date
related thereto and such class or classes will have received a short-term rating
by a Rating Agency that is in one of the two highest short-term rating
categories. The failure to pay such a class of Notes on or prior to the related
Final Scheduled Maturity Date would constitute an event of default under the
related Indenture. In general, such class or classes of Notes will otherwise be
similar to Notes which are described in this Prospectus.
 
     Planned Amortization Class.  To the extent specified in any Prospectus
Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be structured as
a planned amortization class ("PAC"). A PAC will be retired according to a
predetermined amortization schedule set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement and structured to be substantially independent of the prepayment rate
on the Receivables. The timing of distributions in respect of the other classes
of Securities in the related series in some instances may be slowed down or
accelerated so that the PAC scheduled amortization may be met as provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The planned amortization for a PAC set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement generally will require scheduled sinking fund
payments for the PAC on each Payment Date. Payments to the other classes of
Securities in the related series will be allocated as otherwise set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement only after the scheduled sinking fund payments or
scheduled amortization payments to the PAC have been made.
 
     Targeted Amortization Class.  To the extent specified in any Prospectus
Supplement, one or more classes of Notes of a given series may be structured as
a targeted amortization class ("TAC"). Any TAC will be similar to a
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   62
 
PAC, with support classes providing protection against prepayment risks to the
TAC. However, a TAC will differ from a PAC in that it generally will not receive
as much protection against prepayments on the Receivables as a PAC. In
particular, a TAC will generally provide no protection against the risk of
prepayments occurring more slowly than the rate of prepayment assumed for
structuring purposes and generally will not be structured to permit expected
cash flows from non-TAC classes of Securities to be diverted to the TAC.
 
     Companion Class.  To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, one
or more classes of Notes of a given series may be designed to receive principal
payments on a Payment Date only if principal payments have been made on a
specified planned amortization class of Notes or targeted amortization class of
Notes, and to receive any excess payments over the amount required to reduce the
principal amount of the planned amortization class or targeted amortization
class to the planned or targeted balance for such Payment Date.
 
THE INDENTURE
 
     Modification of Indenture.  With respect to each Trust that has issued
Notes pursuant to an Indenture, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may, with
the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Notes of the related
series, execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any
manner or eliminate any provisions of, the related Indenture, or modify (except
as provided below) in any manner the rights of the related Noteholders.
 
     With respect to the Notes of a given series, without the consent of the
holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, no supplemental indenture
will: (i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on
any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the Interest Rate
specified thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto or change any
place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any such Note or any
interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of certain provisions of the related Indenture regarding payment;
(iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes of
such series, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the related Indenture or of
certain defaults thereunder and their consequences as provided for in such
Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the related Indenture
regarding the voting of Notes held by the applicable Trust, any other obligor on
such Notes, the Seller or an affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage
of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Notes, the consent of the holders of
which is required to direct the related Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate
the Receivables; (vi) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
of such Notes required to amend the sections of the related Indenture which
specify the applicable percentage of aggregate principal amount of the Notes of
such series necessary to amend such Indenture or certain other related
agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a
parity with the lien of the related Indenture with respect to any of the
collateral for such Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in
such Indenture, terminate the lien of such Indenture on any such collateral or
deprive the holder of any such Note of the security afforded by the lien of such
Indenture.
 
     The Trust and the applicable Indenture Trustee may also enter into
supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders of the
related series, for the purpose of, among other things, adding any provisions to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the related
Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders; provided
that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect the interest
of any such Noteholder, unless each Rating Agency then rating the Notes shall
have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee in writing that
such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of the
affected Notes of such series.
 
     Events Of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.  With respect to the Notes
of a given series, "Events of Default" under the related Indenture will consist
of: (i) a default for five days or more in the payment of any interest on any
such Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal of or any installment
of the principal of any such Note when the same becomes due and payable; (iii) a
default in the observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the
applicable Trust made in the related Indenture and the continuation of any such
default for a period of 30 days (or for such longer period, not in excess of 90
days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such default; provided that such
default is capable of remedy within 90 days or less and the
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   63
 
Servicer on behalf of the related Indenture Trustee delivers an officer's
certificate to the Trustee to the effect that such Trust has commenced, or will
promptly commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such
default) after notice thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture
Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least
25% in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding; (iv) any representation
or warranty made by such Trust in the related Indenture or in any certificate
delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith having been incorrect in a
material respect as of the time made, and such breach not having been cured
within 30 days (or for such longer period, not in excess of 90 days, as may be
reasonably necessary to remedy such default; provided that such default is
capable of remedy within 90 days or less and the Servicer on behalf of the
related Indenture Trustee delivers an officer's certificate to the related
Indenture Trustee to the effect that such Trust has commenced, or will promptly
commence and diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such default)
after notice thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee
or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of such Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the applicable Trust or
the Seller. However, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders
of such series under the related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts
available to be deposited in the applicable Note Distribution Account.
Therefore, the failure to pay principal on a class of Notes generally will not
result in the occurrence of an Event of Default until the final scheduled
Payment Date for such class of Notes.
 
     If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the
Notes of any series, the related Indenture Trustee or holders of a majority in
principal amount of such Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of
such Notes to be immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under
certain circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a percentage of the
principal amount of Notes then outstanding specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement and, if not so specified, may be rescinded by the holder of a
majority in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding.
 
     If the Notes of any series are due and payable following an Event of
Default with respect thereto, the related Indenture Trustee may institute
proceedings to collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust property, exercise
remedies as a secured party, sell the related Receivables or elect to have the
applicable Trust maintain possession of such Receivables and continue to apply
collections on such Receivables as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration. Such Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling the related
Receivables following an Event of Default, other than a default in the payment
of any principal of or a default for five days or more in the payment of any
interest on any Note of such series, unless (i) the holders of all such
outstanding Notes consent to such sale, (ii) the proceeds of such sale are
sufficient to pay in full the principal of and the accrued interest on such
outstanding Notes on the date of such sale, or (iii) such Indenture Trustee
determines that the proceeds of Receivables would not be sufficient on an
ongoing basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would have
become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and such
Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding amount of such Notes.
 
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to a series of
Notes, such Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers under such Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
holders of such Notes, if such Indenture Trustee believes it will not be
adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction. Subject to the
provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the related
Indenture, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes of a given series will have the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the applicable Indenture
Trustee, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes then
outstanding may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto,
except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a default in respect
of a covenant or provision of such Indenture that cannot be modified without the
waiver or consent of all the holders of such outstanding Notes.
 
     No holder of a Note of any series will have the right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the related Indenture, unless (i) such holder
previously has given to the applicable Indenture Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have made written request to such
Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Indenture
Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered such Indenture Trustee
satisfactory indemnity,
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   64
 
(iv) such Indenture Trustee has for 60 days failed to institute such proceeding,
and (v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to
such Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in
principal amount of such outstanding Notes.
 
     With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee nor the
related Trustee in its individual capacity, nor any holder of a Certificate
representing an ownership interest in such Trust nor any of their respective
owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates,
successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to the
contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or interest
on the related Notes or for the agreements of such Trust contained in the
applicable Indenture.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
     Each Indenture will provide that the related Trust may not consolidate with
or merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by or surviving
such consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the United States or
any state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes such Trust's obligation to make
due and punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and the
performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of such Trust under
the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) such Trust has been advised
that the rating of the Notes or the Certificates of such series then in effect
would not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies as a result of such
merger or consolidation, (v) such Trust has received an opinion of counsel to
the effect that such consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax
consequence to the Trust or to any related Noteholder or Certificateholder, and
(vi) any action necessary to maintain the lien and security interest under the
Indenture has been taken.
 
     Each Trust will not, among other things, (i) except as expressly permitted
by the applicable Indenture, the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreements or
certain related documents with respect to such Trust (collectively, the "Related
Documents"), sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of such Trust, (ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal
and interest payable in respect of the Notes of the related series (other than
amounts withheld under the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim
against any present or former holder of such Notes because of the payment of
taxes levied or assessed upon such Trust, (iii) permit the validity or
effectiveness of the related Indenture to be impaired or permit any person to be
released from any covenants or obligations with respect to such Notes under such
Indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby, (iv) permit any lien,
charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other
than certain liens that arise by operation of law) to be created on or extend to
or otherwise arise upon or burden the assets of such Trust or any part thereof,
or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof, or (v) permit the lien of the
related Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than certain
liens that arise by operation of law) security interest in the assets of such
Trust.
 
     No Trust may engage in any activity other than as specified under the
section of the related Prospectus Supplement entitled "The Trust." No Trust will
incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred
pursuant to the related Notes and the related Indenture or otherwise in
accordance with the Related Documents.
 
     Annual Compliance Statement.  Each Trust will be required to file annually
with the related Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of
its obligations under the Indenture.
 
     Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.  The Indenture Trustee for each Trust
will be required to mail each year to all related Noteholders a brief report
relating to its eligibility and qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee
under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the
amount, interest rate and maturity date of certain indebtedness owing by such
Trust to the applicable Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity, the
property and funds physically held by such Indenture Trustee as such and any
action taken by it that materially affects the related Notes and that has not
been previously reported.
 
     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.  An Indenture will be discharged
with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon the delivery to
the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes or,
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   65
 
with certain limitations, upon deposit with such Indenture Trustee of funds
sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
     The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The Indenture Trustee for any series may resign
at any time, in which event the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor
trustee for such series. The Issuer may also remove any such Indenture Trustee
if such Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
related Indenture or if such Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent. In such
circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee for
the applicable series of Notes. Any resignation or removal of the Indenture
Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee for any series of Notes does not
become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee
for such series.
 
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
     With respect to each Trust, one or more classes of Certificates of the
related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form of each of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The
following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the
Certificates and the Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable.
 
     Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by the
Seller, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by one or more
Certificates registered in the name of the Depository, except as set forth
below. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Definitive
Securities." Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by
the Seller, the Certificates will be available for purchase in minimum
denominations specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, or if not so
specified, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. Certificates may be issued in book-entry form or as Definitive
Certificates and if not otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
will be available in book-entry form only. As to the Certificates issued in
book-entry form, the Seller has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be
Cede, unless another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the
Certificates of any series that are not purchased by the Seller. Unless and
until Definitive Certificates are issued in replacement for book-entry
Certificates under the limited circumstances described herein or in the related
Prospectus Supplement, no Certificate Owner (other than the Seller) will be
entitled to receive a physical certificate representing a Certificate. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Definitive Securities." As to
Certificates issued in book-entry form, all references herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement to actions by Certificateholders refer to actions taken by
DTC upon instructions from the Participants and all references herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement to distributions, notices, reports and statements
to Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of the
Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's
procedures with respect thereto. See "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities." Any
Certificates of such series owned by the Seller or its affiliates will be
entitled to equal and proportionate benefits under the applicable Trust
Agreement, except that such Certificates will be deemed not to be outstanding
for the purpose of determining whether the requisite percentage of
Certificateholders have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or other action under the Related Documents (other than the
commencement by the related Trust of a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy as
described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Insolvency").
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
 
     The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of losses,
Certificate Rate and amount of or method of determining distributions with
respect to principal and interest of each class of Certificates will be
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   66
 
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions of interest on
such Certificates other than certain Strip Certificates will be made on the
dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Distribution
Date") and will be made prior to distributions with respect to principal of such
Certificates. To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a
series may include one or more classes of Strip Certificates entitled to (i)
distributions in respect of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no
interest distributions, or (ii) interest distributions with disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal. Each class of Certificates
may have a different Certificate Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or
adjustable Certificate Rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip
Certificates) or any combination of the foregoing. The related Prospectus
Supplement will specify the Certificate Rate for each class of Certificates of a
given series or the method for determining such Certificate Rate. See also
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Fixed Rate Securities" and "--
Floating Rate Securities." If a series of Securities includes classes of Notes,
such Notes and Certificates will be issued by the same Trust and payable from
the same Trust property, to the extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions in respect of the Certificates of such series will be
subordinate to payments in respect of the Notes of such series as more fully
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions in respect of
interest on and principal of any class of Certificates will be made on a pro
rata basis among all the Certificateholders of such class.
 
     In the case of a series of Certificates which includes two or more classes
of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
distributions in respect of interest and principal, and any schedule or formula
or other provisions applicable to the determination thereof, of each such class
shall be as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES
 
FIXED RATE SECURITIES
 
     Each class of Securities (other than certain classes of Strip Notes or
Strip Certificates) may bear interest at a fixed rate per annum ("Fixed Rate
Securities") or at a variable or adjustable rate per annum ("Floating Rate
Securities"), as more fully described below and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Each class of Fixed Rate Securities will bear interest at the
applicable per annum Interest Rate or Certificate Rate, as the case may be,
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Interest on each class of Fixed
Rate Securities will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months or on such other day count basis as is specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Notes -- Principal and Interest
on the Notes" and "Description of the Certificates -- Distributions of Principal
and Interest."
 
FLOATING RATE SECURITIES
 
     Each class of Floating Rate Securities will bear interest for each
applicable Interest Reset Period (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement with respect to a class of Floating Rate Securities,
"Interest Reset Period") at a rate per annum determined by reference to an
interest rate basis (the "Base Rate"), plus or minus the Spread, if any, or
multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The "Spread" is the number of basis points (one
basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) that may be specified in
the applicable Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class, and the
"Spread Multiplier" is the percentage that may be specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class.
 
     The applicable Prospectus Supplement will designate a Base Rate for a given
Floating Rate Security based on the London interbank offered rate ("LIBOR"),
commercial paper rates, Federal funds rates, U.S. Government treasury securities
rates, negotiable certificates of deposit rates or another rate as set forth in
such Prospectus Supplement.
 
     As specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, Floating Rate
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in
each case expressed as a rate per annum): (i) a maximum limitation, or ceiling,
on the rate at which interest may accrue during any interest period and (ii) a
minimum limitation, or floor, on the rate at which interest may accrue during
any interest period. In addition to any maximum interest rate that
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   67
 
may be applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest rate
applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no event be higher
than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be modified
by United States law of general application.
 
     Each Trust with respect to which a class of Floating Rate Securities will
be issued will appoint, and enter into agreements with, a calculation agent
(each, a "Calculation Agent") to calculate interest rates on each such class of
Floating Rate Securities issued with respect thereto. The applicable Prospectus
Supplement will set forth the identity of the Calculation Agent for each such
class of Floating Rate Securities of a given series, which may be either the
Trustee or Indenture Trustee with respect to such series. All determinations of
interest by the Calculation Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
conclusive for all purposes and binding on the holders of Floating Rate
Securities of a given class. All percentages resulting from any calculation of
the rate of interest on a Floating Rate Security will be rounded, if necessary,
in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or, if not so
specified to the nearest 1/100000 of 1% (.0000001), with five one-millionths of
a percentage point rounded upward.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
     With respect to each class of Securities of a given series issued in
book-entry form, Securityholders may hold their Securities through DTC (in the
United States) or Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of
such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such
systems. DTC's Nominee will hold the global Securities. Cedel and Euroclear will
hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Cedel Participants and the Euroclear
Participants, respectively, through customers' securities accounts in Cedel's
and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositories
(collectively, the "Depositaries") which in turn will hold such positions in
customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
For additional information regarding clearance and settlement procedures see
Annex I hereto.
 
     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking
Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a
member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC
holds securities for its Participants ("DTC Participants") and facilitates the
clearance and settlement among DTC Participants of securities transactions, such
as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic book-entry
changes in DTC Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers
and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is also available to others
such as securities brokers and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC
and DTC Participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
     Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating
procedures.
 
     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Cedel Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
 
     Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   68
 
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant Cedel
Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day. Cash received in
Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a Cedel
Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant will be received
with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant
Cedel or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement
in DTC.
 
     Purchases of Securities under the DTC system must be made by or through DTC
Participants, which will receive a credit for the Securities on DTC's records.
The ownership interest of each actual Security Owner is in turn to be recorded
on the DTC Participants' and Indirect Participants' records. Security Owners
will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but Security
Owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the
transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the DTC
Participant or Indirect Participant through which the Security Owner entered
into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Securities are to
be accomplished by entries made on the books of DTC Participants acting on
behalf of Security Owners. Security Owners will not receive certificates
representing their ownership interest in Securities, except in the event that
use of the book-entry system for the Securities is discontinued. Except to the
extent Seller holds Certificates with respect to any series of Securities, it is
anticipated that the only "Securityholder", "Noteholder" and "Certificateholder"
will be DTC's Nominee. Note Owners will not be recognized by each Indenture
Trustee as Noteholders, as such term is used in each Indenture, and Note Owners
will be permitted to exercise the rights of Noteholders only indirectly through
DTC and DTC Participants. Similarly, Certificate Owners will not be recognized
by each Trustee as Certificateholders as such term is used in each Trust
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and Certificate Owners will be
permitted to exercise the rights of Certificateholders only indirectly through
DTC and DTC Participants.
 
     To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Securities deposited by DTC
Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's Nominee. The deposit
of Securities with DTC and their registration in the name of DTC's Nominee
effects no change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual
Security Owners of the Securities; DTC's records reflect only the identity of
the DTC Participants to whose accounts such Securities are credited, which may
or may not be the Security Owners. The DTC Participants will remain responsible
for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
 
     Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to DTC Participants,
by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants, and by DTC Participants and
Indirect Participants to Security Owners will be governed by arrangements among
them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect
from time to time.
 
     Neither DTC nor DTC's Nominee will consent or vote with respect to
Securities. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to the issuer
as soon as possible after the record date, which assigns DTC's Nominees's
consenting or voting rights to those DTC Participants to whose accounts the
Securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached
thereto).
 
     Principal and interest payments on the Securities will be made to DTC.
DTC's practice is to credit Participants' accounts on the applicable
Distribution Date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC's
records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payment on
such Distribution Date. Payments by DTC Participants to Security Owners will be
governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with
securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in
"street name" and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participant and not of
DTC, the related Indenture Trustee or the related Trustee, as applicable (the
"Applicable Trustee") or the Seller, subject to any statutory or regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of principal and
interest to DTC is the responsibility of the Applicable Trustee, disbursement of
such payments to DTC Participants shall be the responsibility of DTC, and
disbursement of such payments to Security Owners shall be the responsibility of
DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Under a book-entry format,
Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since
such payments will be forwarded by the Applicable Trustee to DTC's Nominee. DTC
will forward such payments to DTC Participants which thereafter will forward
them to Indirect Participants or Security Owners.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   69
 
     Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a
Securityholder to pledge Securities to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such
Securities, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such
Securities.
 
     DTC has advised the Seller that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Noteholder under the related Indenture or a Certificateholder under
the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement only at the
direction of one or more DTC Participants to whose accounts with DTC the
applicable Notes or Certificates are credited. DTC may take conflicting actions
with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that such actions are
taken on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such undivided interests.
 
     The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that the Seller believes to be reliable, but the
Seller takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.
 
     Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg as a professional depository. Cedel holds securities for its
participating organizations ("Cedel Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement of securities transactions between Cedel Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedel Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be
settled in Cedel in any of 32 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedel
provides to its Cedel Participants, among other things, services for
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedel interfaces with domestic
markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Cedel is subject to
regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel Participants are
recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and certain other organizations and may include the underwriters of any series
of Securities. Indirect access to Cedel is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
     The Euroclear System was created in 1968 to hold securities for
participants of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and
settle transactions between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous
electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous
transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32
currencies, including United States dollars. The Euroclear System includes
various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in 25 countries generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels,
Belgium office (the "Euroclear Operator" or "Euroclear"), under contract with
Euroclear Clearance System, Societe Cooperative, a Belgian cooperative
corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear
Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash
accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The
Cooperative Board establishes policy for the Euroclear System. Euroclear
Participants include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and
dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the
underwriters of any series of Securities. Indirect access to the Euroclear
System is also available to other firms that maintain a custodial relationship
with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
 
     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System (collectively, the "Terms
and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and
cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the
Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in the
Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible
basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities
clearance accounts. The Euroclear
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   70
 
Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear
Participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through
Euroclear Participants.
 
     Distributions with respect to Securities held through Cedel or Euroclear
will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations.
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences." Cedel or the Euroclear Operator, as the
case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a
Securityholder under a related Agreement on behalf of a Cedel Participant or
Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures
and subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf
through DTC.
 
     Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of Securities among participants of DTC, Cedel
and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform
such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Under such
circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository for DTC is
not obtained, Definitive Securities are required to be printed and delivered.
The Seller may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers
through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, Definitive
Securities will be delivered to Securityholders. See "-- Definitive Securities."
 
     NONE OF THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE BANK, THE SERVICER, ANY SUBSERVICER, ANY
APPLICABLE TRUSTEE NOR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS WILL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR
OBLIGATION TO ANY DTC PARTICIPANTS, CEDEL PARTICIPANTS OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS
OR THE PERSONS FOR WHOM THEY ACT AS NOMINEES WITH RESPECT TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF
ANY RECORDS MAINTAINED BY DTC, CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT, (2) THE
PAYMENT BY DTC, CEDEL, EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY AMOUNT DUE TO ANY
SECURITY OWNER IN RESPECT OF THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF, OR INTEREST ON, THE
SECURITIES, (3) THE DELIVERY BY ANY DTC PARTICIPANT, CEDEL PARTICIPANT, OR
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANT OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY SECURITY OWNER WHICH IS REQUIRED OR
PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE APPLICABLE AGREEMENTS TO BE GIVEN TO
SECURITYHOLDERS OR (4) ANY OTHER ACTION TAKEN BY DTC OR DTC'S NOMINEE AS THE
SECURITYHOLDER.
 
DEFINITIVE SECURITIES
 
     With respect to any series of Notes and any series of Certificates issued
in book-entry form, such Notes or Certificates will be issued in fully
registered, certificated form ("Definitive Notes" and "Definitive Certificates",
respectively, and collectively referred to herein as "Definitive Securities") to
Noteholders or Certificateholders or their respective nominees, rather than to
DTC or its nominee, if the related Prospectus Supplement so provides with
respect to the initial issuance of any such Securities thereunder and, if the
related Prospectus Supplement does not so provide, only if (i) Seller advises
the related Trustee that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly
its responsibilities as depository with respect to such Securities and such
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Seller at its
option, advises the related Trustee that it elects to terminate the book-entry
system through DTC, or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a
Servicer Termination Event with respect to such Securities, holders representing
at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or the
Certificates, as the case may be, of such series advise the Applicable Trustee
and DTC through its Participants in writing that the continuation of a
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) with respect to such
Notes or Certificates is no longer in the best interest of the holders of such
Securities.
 
     Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding
paragraph, the Applicable Trustee will be required to notify all applicable
Security Owners of a given series through Participants of the availability of
Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the definitive certificates
representing the corresponding Securities and receipt of instructions for
re-registration, the Applicable Trustee will reissue such Securities as
Definitive Securities to such Securityholders.
 
     Distributions of principal of, and interest on, Definitive Securities will
be made by the Applicable Trustee in accordance with the procedures set forth in
the related Indenture or the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   71
 
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, directly to holders of Definitive Securities
in whose names the Definitive Securities were registered at the close of
business on the applicable record date specified for such Securities in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will be made by check mailed
to the address of such holder as it appears on the register maintained by the
Applicable Trustee. The final payment on any such Definitive Security, however,
will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such Definitive Security at
the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution to the
applicable Securityholders.
 
     Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the Applicable Trustee or of a registrar named in a notice delivered to
holders of Definitive Securities. No service charge will be imposed for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Applicable Trustee may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
imposed in connection therewith.
 
LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS
 
     Three or more holders of the Notes of a given series or one or more holders
of such Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate outstanding
principal balance of such Notes may, by written request to the related Indenture
Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Noteholders of such series maintained
by such Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under the related Indenture or under
such Notes. Unless Definitive Notes have been issued, the only "Noteholder"
appearing on the list maintained by the related Indenture Trustee will be Cede,
as nominee for DTC. In such circumstances, any Note Owner wishing to communicate
with other Note Owners will not be able to identify those Note Owners through
the Indenture Trustee and instead will have to attempt to identify them through
DTC and its Participants or such other means as such Note Owner may find
available.
 
     Three or more holders of the Certificates of a given series or one or more
holders of such Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate
Balance of such Certificates may, by written request to the related Trustee,
obtain access to the list of all Certificateholders of such series maintained by
such Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other Certificateholders with
respect to their rights under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or under such Certificates. Unless Definitive Certificates
have been issued, the only "Certificateholder" appearing on the list maintained
by the related Trustee will be Cede, as nominee for DTC. In such circumstances,
any Certificate Owner wishing to communicate with other Certificate Owners will
not be able to identify those Certificate Owners through the Trustee and instead
will have to attempt to identify them through DTC and its Participants or such
other means as such Certificate Owner may find available.
 
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
     With respect to each series of Securities, on or prior to each Payment Date
or Distribution Date, as applicable, the Servicer will prepare and provide to
the related Trustee a statement to be delivered to the related Securityholders.
With respect to each series of Securities, each such statement to be delivered
to Noteholders will include (to the extent applicable) the following information
(and any other information so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) as
to the Notes of such series with respect to such Payment Date or the period
since the previous Payment Date, as applicable, and each such statement to be
delivered to Certificateholders will include (to the extent applicable) the
following information (and any other information so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) as to the Certificates of such series with respect to
such Distribution Date or the period since the previous Distribution Date, as
applicable:
 
          (i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of each
     class of such Notes and to the Certificate Balance of each class of such
     Certificates;
 
          (ii) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities of such series;
 
          (iii) the amount of the distribution allocable to draws from the
     Reserve Account (if any), any Yield Supplement Account or payments in
     respect of any other credit or cash flow enhancement arrangement;
 
          (iv) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of
     the preceding Collection Period;
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   72
 
          (v) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and the Note Pool
     Factor for each class of such Notes, and the Certificate Balance and the
     Certificate Pool Factor for each class of such Certificates, each after
     giving effect to all payments reported under clause (i) above on such date;
 
          (vi) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect
     to the related Collection Period or Collection Periods, as the case may be;
 
          (vii) the Interest Rate or Certificate Rate for the next period for
     any class of Notes or Certificates of such series with variable or
     adjustable rates;
 
          (viii) the amount of the aggregate Realized Losses, if any, for the
     preceding Collection Period;
 
          (ix) the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders'
     Principal Carryover Shortfall, the Certificateholders' Interest Carryover
     Shortfall and the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall (each
     as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement), if any, in each case as
     applicable to each class of Securities, and the change in such amounts from
     the preceding statement;
 
          (x) the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Receivables, if any, that were
     repurchased in such Collection Period;
 
          (xi) the balance of any Yield Supplement Account or the Reserve
     Account (if any) on such date, after giving effect to changes therein on
     such date;
 
          (xii) for each such date during the Funding Period (if any), the
     remaining Pre-Funded Amount;
 
          (xiii) for the first such date that is on or immediately following the
     end of the Funding Period (if any), the amount of any remaining Pre-Funded
     Amount that has not been used to fund the purchase of Subsequent
     Receivables and is being passed through as payments of principal on the
     Securities of such series;
 
          (xiv) to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
     amount of advances made by the Servicer, if any, on such date;
 
          (xv) the number, and aggregate principal amount outstanding, of
     Receivables past due 31-60, 61-90 and over 90 days; and
 
          (xvi) such other information as may be specified in the related
     Prospectus Supplement.
 
     Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii), (vi) and (ix) with
respect to the Notes or the Certificates of any series will be expressed as a
dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial principal balance of such Notes or the
initial Certificate Balance of such Certificates, as applicable.
 
     Within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the
end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the Applicable Trustee
will mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year has been a
Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received any payment thereon a
statement containing certain information for the purposes of such
Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See "Federal Income
Tax Consequences."
 
FUNDING PERIOD OR REVOLVING PERIOD
 
     If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, during a Funding Period
and/or Revolving Period, the Pre-Funding Account and/or Revolving Account will
be maintained as a trust account in the name of the Applicable Trustee. The
Pre-Funded Amount will initially equal the amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, which may be up to 100% of the aggregate principal amount
of the series of Securities offered thereunder. During the Funding Period, the
Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced by the amount thereof used to purchase
Subsequent Receivables in accordance with the applicable Transfer and Servicing
Agreement and the amounts thereof deposited in the Reserve Account in connection
with the purchase of such Subsequent Receivables.
 
     Prior to being used to purchase Subsequent Receivables or paid to the
Noteholders and Certificateholders, the Pre-Funded Amount and amounts on deposit
in the Revolving Account will be invested from time to time in Permitted
Investments. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Accounts."
 
     If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement for a Trust that issues
Notes, during a Revolving Period, the Applicable Trustee will deposit in the
related Revolving Account the principal collections on the related Receivables
as described above. In addition, on each Distribution Date or Payment Date, as
applicable during the
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   73
 
Revolving Period, the applicable Trustee will deposit in the related Revolving
Account any other amount described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Funds
on deposit in a Revolving Account will be withdrawn from time to time during the
related Revolving Period for delivery to the Seller in exchange for the transfer
and assignment of Subsequent Receivables to the related Trust in the manner
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, on the Distribution
Date or Payment Date, as applicable following the end of the related Revolving
Period, the Applicable Trustee will transfer the amount, if any, on deposit in
the related Revolving Account at the close of business on the last day of such
Revolving Period, less any investment earnings on deposit therein, to the
related Collection Account for distribution to the related Securityholders on
such Distribution Date or Payment Date. In addition, on each Distribution Date
or Payment Date, as applicable during the related Revolving Period, the
Applicable Trustee will transfer to the related Collection Account for
distribution to the related Securityholders on such Distribution Date or Payment
Date the amount, if any, by which the amount on deposit in the related Revolving
Account at the close of business on the last day of the preceding calendar
month, less any investment earnings on deposit therein, exceeds the maximum
permitted Revolving Account balance specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
 
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
 
     The following summary describes the material terms of each Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement pursuant to which a Trust
will purchase Receivables from the Seller and the Servicer will agree to service
such Receivables and each Trust Agreement (in the case of a grantor trust, the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement) pursuant to which a Trust will be created and
Certificates will be issued and pursuant to which the Trustee will undertake
certain administrative duties with respect to a Trust that issues Notes. Forms
of each type of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and the Trust Agreement
have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part. This summary does not purport to be complete and is
subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements and the Trust Agreement.
 
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
 
     Prior to or at the time of issuance of the Securities of a given Trust,
pursuant to a related Purchase Agreement, each Originator will sell and assign
to the Seller, without recourse, its entire interest in the Initial Receivables,
if any, of the related Receivables Pool, including its security interests in the
related Financed Vehicles. The Seller will, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, transfer and assign to the Applicable Trustee, without
recourse, pursuant to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement, its entire interest in
the Initial Receivables, if any, of the related Receivables Pool, including its
security interests in the related Financed Vehicles. The Trustee will not
independently verify the existence and qualification of any Receivables. The
Trustee will, concurrently with such sale and assignment, execute, authenticate,
and deliver the related Notes and/or Certificates to the Seller in exchange for
the Receivables. Each such Receivable will be identified in a schedule delivered
pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing Agreement (a "Schedule of Receivables").
The net proceeds received by the Seller from the sale of the Certificates and
the Notes of a given series will be applied to the purchase of the related
Receivables from each Originator and, to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, to the repayment of any Warehouse Financing or deposit of
the Pre-Funded Amount into the Pre-Funding Account and to make any required
initial deposit in any Reserve Account. The related Prospectus Supplement for a
given Trust will specify whether, and the terms, conditions and manner under
which, Subsequent Receivables will be sold by the Seller to the applicable Trust
from time to time during any Funding Period on each date specified as a transfer
date in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Subsequent Transfer Date").
 
     The purchase price for the Receivables purchased by the Trust from the
Seller and by the Seller from any Originator may be more or less than the
aggregate principal balance thereof. If any Receivables are purchased for a
purchase price less than their respective principal balances, a portion of the
collections or proceeds in respect of principal from such Receivables may be
deemed collections or proceeds in respect of interest on such Receivables for
the purposes of allocating distributions on the Securities.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   74
 
     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may acquire
Initial Receivables pursuant to Warehouse Financing arrangements entered into
prior to the issuance by that Trust of any Securities offered hereby. It will be
a condition to the issuance of Securities by any such Trust that any Warehouse
Financing be repaid in full, and any related security interests released, at or
prior to the time of such issuance.
 
     In each Purchase Agreement, each Originator will represent and warrant to
the Seller and in each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will
represent and warrant to the applicable Trust, among other things, that: (i) the
information provided in the related Schedule of Receivables is correct in all
material respects; (ii) the Obligor on each related Receivable is required to
maintain physical damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle; (iii) neither
Seller nor any Originator has received notice of any liens or claims, including
liens for work, labor, materials or unpaid state or federal taxes, relating to
the Financed Vehicle securing the Receivable, that are or may be prior to or
equal to the lien granted by the Receivable; (iv) as of the Closing Date or the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of such Receivables is owned
by Seller free and clear of any lien and is secured by a first perfected
security interest in favor of the Seller in the Financed Vehicle; (v) each
related Receivable, at the time it was originated, complied and, as of the
Closing Date or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, complies in all
material respects with applicable federal and state laws, including, without
limitation, consumer credit, truth in lending, equal credit opportunity and
disclosure laws; and (vi) any other representations and warranties that may be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     As of the last day of the month that includes the sixtieth day (or if the
Seller elects, the thirtieth day) following the discovery by or notice to the
Seller of a breach of any representation or warranty of the Seller that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the related Trust in any
Receivable, the Seller, unless the breach is cured, will repurchase such
Receivable from such Trust at a price equal to the amount of principal plus
accrued interest calculated in accordance with the Servicer's customary
practices for such Receivable, after giving effect to the receipt of any moneys
collected (from whatever source) on such Receivable, if any (the "Purchase
Amount"). The repurchase obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to the
Certificateholders or the Trustee and any Noteholders or Indenture Trustee in
respect of such Trust for any such uncured breach.
 
     Pursuant to each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, to assure uniform
quality in servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs, the
Seller and each Trust will designate the Servicer or an Affiliate as custodian
to maintain possession, as such Trust's agent, of the related motor vehicle
retail installment sales contract or promissory note and security agreement and
any other documents relating to the Receivables. The Receivables will not be
segregated, stamped or otherwise marked to indicate that they have been sold to
the related Trust. The accounting records and computer systems of each
Affiliate, the Servicer and the Seller will reflect the sales and assignments of
the related Receivables to the Seller or a Trust, as applicable, and Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC") financing statements reflecting such sales and
assignments will be filed. If through inadvertence or otherwise, another party
purchases (or takes a security interest in) the Receivables for new value in the
ordinary course of business and takes possession of the Receivables without
actual knowledge of the related Trust's interest, the purchaser (or secured
party) will acquire an interest in the Receivables superior to the interest of
the related Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Security
Interest in Vehicles."
 
ACCOUNTS
 
     With respect to each Trust that issues Notes, the Servicer will establish
and maintain with the related Indenture Trustee one or more accounts, in the
name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the related Noteholders and
Certificateholders, into which all payments made on or with respect to the
related Receivables will be deposited (the "Collection Account"). The Servicer
will establish and maintain with such Indenture Trustee an account, in the name
of such Indenture Trustee on behalf of such Noteholders, into which amounts
released from the Collection Account and any Pre-Funding Account, Revolving
Account, Reserve Account or other credit enhancement for payment to such
Noteholders will be deposited and from which all distributions to such
Noteholders will be made (the "Note Distribution Account"). The Servicer will
establish and maintain with the related Trustee one or more accounts, in the
name of such Trustee on behalf of such Certificateholders, into which amounts
released from the Collection Account and any Pre-Funding Account, Revolving
Account, Reserve Account or other credit or cash flow enhancement for
distribution to such Certificateholders will be deposited and from which all
distributions to such Certificateholders will be made (each, a "Certificate
Distribution Account").
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   75
 
With respect to each Trust that does not issue Notes, the Servicer will also
establish and maintain the Collection Account and any other Trust Account in the
name of the related Trustee on behalf of the related Certificateholders.
 
     If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will
establish an additional account (the "Payahead Account"), into which, to the
extent required by the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, early
payments by or on behalf of Obligors on Precomputed Receivables which do not
constitute scheduled payments, full prepayments, nor certain partial prepayments
that result in a reduction of the Obligor's periodic payment below the scheduled
payment as of the applicable Cutoff Date ("Payaheads") will be deposited until
such time as the payment falls due. Until such time as payments are transferred
from the Payahead Account to the Collection Account, they will not constitute
collected interest or collected principal and will not be available for
distribution to the applicable Noteholders or Certificateholders. For each Trust
that issues Notes, the Payahead Account will initially be maintained with and in
the name of the applicable Indenture Trustee. With respect to each Trust that
does not issue Notes, the Servicer will establish and maintain with the related
Trustee the Payahead Account in the name of such Trustee. So long as the Bank is
the Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer Termination Event
and (ii) each other condition to holding Payaheads as may be required by the
applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement is satisfied, Payaheads may be
retained by the Servicer until the applicable Payment Date or Distribution Date.
 
     Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including any
Pre-Funding Account, Revolving Account, Yield Supplement Account (as such term
is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Yield Supplement Account")
or Reserve Account, will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     For any series of Securities, funds in the Collection Account, the Note
Distribution Account, the Certificate Distribution Account(s) and any
Pre-Funding Account, Revolving Account, Reserve Account and other accounts
identified as such in the related Prospectus Supplement (collectively, the
"Trust Accounts") will be invested as provided in the related Transfer and
Servicing Agreement in Permitted Investments.
 
     "Permitted Investments" will be any Eligible Investments, except that money
market funds will not be Permitted Investments in the case of a Pre-Funding
Account unless the Indenture Trustee receives an opinion of counsel to the
effect that making such investments will not require the related Trust to
register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended. "Eligible Investments" consist of book-entry securities, negotiable
instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered
form which evidence: (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed
as to timely payment by, the United States of America; (b) demand deposits, time
deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository institution (including the
Seller or any affiliate of the Seller) or trust company incorporated under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision
and examination by Federal or state banking or depository institution
authorities (but excluding depository receipts issued by any such institution or
trust company); provided that at the time of the investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time
funds are reinvested following each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or
other short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations
the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such
depository institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust
company shall have a short term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating
Agencies; (c) commercial paper (including commercial paper of the Seller or any
affiliate of the Seller) having, at the time of the investment or contractual
commitment to invest therein, a short term unsecured debt rating acceptable to
the Rating Agencies; (d) investments in money market funds (including funds for
which the Seller, Indenture Trustee or Trustee or any of their respective
affiliates is investment manager or advisor) having a rating acceptable to the
Rating Agencies; (e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution
or trust company referred to in clause (b) above; (f) repurchase obligations
with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed
by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the
obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or
trust company (acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above; and (g) any
other investment which would not cause either Rating Agency to downgrade or
withdraw its then current rating of any class of Notes or the Certificates.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   76
 
     Permitted Investments generally are limited to obligations or securities
that mature on or before the date of the next distribution for such series.
However, to the extent permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds in any Reserve
Account may be invested in securities that will not mature prior to the date of
the next distribution with respect to such Certificates or Notes and will not be
sold to meet any shortfalls. Thus, the amount of cash in any Reserve Account at
any time may be less than the balance of the Reserve Account. If the amount
required to be withdrawn from any Reserve Account to cover shortfalls in
collections on the related Receivables (as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement) exceeds the amount of cash in the Reserve Account, a temporary
shortfall in the amounts distributed to the related Noteholders or
Certificateholders could result, which could, in turn, increase the average life
of the Notes or the Certificates of such series. To the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, investment earnings on funds deposited in the
Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment expenses (collectively, "Investment
Earnings"), will be either deposited in the applicable Collection Account on
each Distribution Date and shall be treated as collections of interest on the
related Receivables or distributed to the Servicer and not be treated as
collections on the Receivables or otherwise be available for Noteholders or
Certificateholders.
 
     The Trust Accounts will be maintained as Eligible Deposit Accounts.
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either (x) a segregated account with an
Eligible Institution or (y) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia
(or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust powers and
acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the
securities of such depository institution have a credit rating from each Rating
Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.
"Eligible Institution" means, with respect to a Trust, (a) the corporate trust
department of the related Indenture Trustee or the related Trustee, as
applicable, or (b) a depository institution organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), in each case (i) which has
either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable to the Rating Agencies
or (B) a short-term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating
acceptable to the Rating Agencies and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the
FDIC.
 
SERVICING PROCEDURES
 
     The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Receivables held by any Trust and will, consistent with the
related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, follow such collection procedures as
it follows with respect to comparable motor vehicle retail installment sales
contracts and promissory note and security agreements it services for itself or
others. Consistent with its customary procedures, the Servicer may, in its
discretion, arrange with the Obligor on a Receivable to extend or modify the
payment schedule, but no such arrangement will, for purposes of any Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, reduce the principal balance or Contract Rate of any
Receivable or modify any Receivable if such amendment or modification would
extend the final payment date of any Receivable beyond the Final Scheduled
Maturity Date. Some of such arrangements may result in the Servicer purchasing
the Receivable for the Purchase Amount. See "Risk Factors -- Risk of Prepayment
and Possible Adverse Effect on Yield." The Servicer may sell the Financed
Vehicle securing the respective Receivable at public or private sale, or take
any other action permitted by applicable law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables."
 
     Pursuant to the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Bank, as
Servicer, has the right to delegate any or all of its responsibilities and
obligations as Servicer to any of its affiliates and to delegate specific duties
to third-party service providers who are in the business of performing such
duties. The Bank intends to delegate to AutoFinance Group and certain other
Affiliates (if any), responsibilities and obligations as Servicer with respect
to Receivables acquired by the Seller from AutoFinance Group or such other
Affiliates. Notwithstanding any delegation of its responsibilities and
obligations to any other entity, the Servicer will continue to be liable for all
its servicing obligations under the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement
as if the Servicer alone were servicing the Receivables.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   77
 
COLLECTIONS
 
     With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on the
related Receivables received from Obligors and all proceeds of the related
Receivables collected during each collection period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (each, a "Collection Period") into the related Collection
Account not later than two business days after receipt. However, so long as the
Bank is the Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer Termination
Event and (ii) each other condition to making monthly deposits as may be
required by the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement is satisfied, the
Servicer may retain such amounts until the Business Day (as defined in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a "Business Day") prior to the applicable
Distribution Date or Payment Date. The Servicer or the Seller, as the case may
be, will remit the aggregate Purchase Amount of any Receivables to be purchased
from a Trust to the related Collection Account on the Business Day prior to the
applicable Distribution Date or Payment Date. Pending deposit into the
Collection Account, collections may be employed by the Servicer at its own risk
and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from its own funds. To the
extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in
order to satisfy the requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or
other security for the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances
of collections on the related Receivables and payment of the aggregate Purchase
Amount with respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer. If so provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, to the extent the collections on a
Precomputed Receivable for a Collection Period are less than the scheduled
payment, the amount of Payaheads made on such Precomputed Receivable not
previously applied (the "Payahead Balance"), if any, with respect to such
Precomputed Receivable shall be applied by the Servicer to the extent of the
shortfall.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
     On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will be entitled to receive the
Servicing Fee for the related Collection Period in an amount generally equal to
a specified percentage per annum (as set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Servicing Fee Rate") of the Pool Balance as of the first day of
such Collection Period (the "Servicing Fee"). To the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer's right to receive all or a portion
of the Servicing Fee on one or more Distribution Dates may be subordinated to
the rights of Securityholders to receive principal and interest for the related
Collection Period. In addition, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, on one or more Distribution Dates all or a portion of such Servicing
Fee may be deposited in the Reserve Account until the Specified Reserve Account
Balance or such other amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement is
on deposit in the Reserve Account. If it is acceptable to each Rating Agency
without a reduction in the rating of any of the Securities, the Servicing Fee in
respect of a Collection Period (together with any portion of a Servicing Fee
that remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates) at the option of the Servicer
may be paid at or as soon as possible after the beginning of such Collection
Period out of the first collections of interest received on the Receivables for
such Collection Period.
 
     The Servicer will also collect and retain any late fees, extension fees,
prepayment charges and certain non-sufficient funds charges and other
administrative fees or similar charges ("Supplemental Servicing Fees") allowed
by applicable law with respect to the related Receivables and will be entitled
to reimbursement from such Trust for certain liabilities. Payments by or on
behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late fees and
other charges in accordance with the Servicer's customary practices and
procedures. To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Supplemental Servicing Fees will include investment earnings on investments of
funds deposited in the Trust Accounts and other accounts with respect to a
Trust. In addition, the Servicer or the Seller will be entitled to receive such
fees and other amounts specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" and "-- Distributions" in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
 
     The Servicing Fee and Supplemental Servicing Fee will compensate the
Servicer for performing the functions of a third party servicer of motor vehicle
receivables as an agent for its beneficial owner, including collecting and
posting all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables,
investigating delinquencies, sending billing information to Obligors, reporting
tax information to Obligors, paying costs of collections and disposition of
defaults and policing the collateral. The Servicing Fee also will compensate the
Servicer for administering the particular Receivables Pool, accounting for
collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the related Trustee
and Indenture Trustee with respect to distributions and generating federal
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   78
 
income tax information for such Trust and for the related Noteholders and
Certificateholders. The Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for
certain taxes, the fees of the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee, if any,
accounting fees, outside auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs
incurred in connection with administering the applicable Receivables Pool.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
     With respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Payment Date or
Distribution Date, as applicable, specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of principal and interest (or, where applicable, of
principal or interest only) on each class of such Securities entitled thereto
will be made by the Applicable Trustee to the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders of such series. The timing, calculation, allocation, order,
source, priorities of and requirements for all payments to each class of
Noteholders and all distributions to each class of Certificateholders of such
series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     With respect to each Trust, on each Payment Date and Distribution Date, as
applicable, collections on the related Receivables will be transferred from the
Collection Account to the Note Distribution Account for distribution to
Noteholders, if any, and to each Certificate Distribution Account for
distribution to Certificateholders to the extent provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Credit enhancement, such as a Reserve Account, will be
available to cover any shortfalls in the amount available for distribution on
such date to the extent (a) specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
(b) that such credit enhancement is actually available for such purpose from
time to time. As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement,
distributions in respect of principal of a class of Securities of a given series
will be subordinate to distributions in respect of interest on such class, and
distributions in respect of one or more classes of Certificates of such series
may be subordinate to payments in respect of Notes, if any, of such series or
other classes of Certificates of such series.
 
CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT
 
     The amounts and types of credit and cash flow enhancement arrangements and
the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class of Securities of
a given series, if any, will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit and
cash flow enhancement may be in the form of subordination of one or more classes
of Securities or all or a portion of the Servicing Fee, Supplemental Servicing
Fee or certain other amounts payable to the Servicer or the Seller pursuant to
the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, Reserve Accounts,
over-collateralization, letters of credit, credit or liquidity facilities,
surety bonds, guaranteed investment contracts, guaranteed rate agreements, swaps
or other interest rate protection agreements, repurchase obligations, yield
supplement agreements, other agreements with respect to third party payments or
other support, cash deposits or such other arrangements as may be described in
the related Prospectus Supplement or any combination of two or more of the
foregoing. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, credit or cash
flow enhancement for a class of Securities may cover one or more other classes
of Securities of the same series, and credit or cash flow enhancement for a
series of Securities may cover one or more other series of Securities.
 
     The presence of a Reserve Account and other forms of credit enhancement for
the benefit of any class or series of Securities is intended to enhance the
likelihood of receipt by the Securityholders of such class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that
such Securityholders will experience losses. The credit enhancement for a class
or series of Securities will not provide protection against all risks of loss
and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance and interest
thereon except to the extent so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by any credit enhancement or
which are not covered by any credit enhancement, Securityholders of any class or
series will bear their allocable share of deficiencies, as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if a form of credit enhancement
covers more than one series of Securities, Securityholders of any such series
will be subject to the risk that such credit enhancement will be exhausted by
the claims of Securityholders of other series.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   79
 
     Reserve Account.  If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
pursuant to the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will
establish for a series or class of Securities an account, as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "Reserve Account"), which will be maintained
with the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable. The Reserve
Account will be funded by an initial deposit on the Closing Date in the amount
(if any) set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement and, if the related
series has a Funding Period, will also be funded on each Subsequent Transfer
Date to the extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement. To the extent
described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the amount (if any) on deposit
in the Reserve Account will be increased on each Distribution Date or Payment
Date thereafter up to the Specified Reserve Account Balance (as defined in the
related Prospectus Supplement) by the deposit therein of the amount of
collections on the related Receivables remaining on each such Distribution Date
or Payment Date after the payment of all other required payments and
distributions on such date. The related Prospectus Supplement will describe the
circumstances and manner under which distributions may be made out of the
Reserve Account, either to holders of the Securities covered thereby or to the
Seller.
 
     The Seller may at any time, without consent of the Securityholders, sell,
transfer, convey or assign in any manner its rights to and interests in
distributions from the Reserve Account provided that (i) the Rating Agencies
confirm in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal
of the rating of any class of Securities, (ii) the Seller provides to the
applicable trustee and any Indenture Trustee an opinion of counsel from
independent counsel that such action will not cause the related Trust to be
classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes and (iii) such transferee or
assignee agrees in writing to take positions for federal income tax purposes
consistent with the federal income tax positions agreed to be taken by the
Seller.
 
     Yield Supplement Account; Yield Supplement Agreement.  If so provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, pursuant to the related Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, the Affiliates, the Seller or another person will enter
into a Yield Supplement Agreement (as such term is defined in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the "Yield Supplement Agreement") pursuant to which the
Affiliates, the Seller or such other person will establish for a series a Yield
Supplement Account which will be maintained with the same entity at which the
related Collection Account is maintained and, if so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, will be created with an initial deposit by the Seller.
Each Yield Supplement Account will be designed solely to hold funds to be
applied by the Indenture Trustee or applicable Trustee to provide payments to
Securityholders in respect of Receivables the Contract Rate of which is less
than the Required Rate (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Required Rate").
 
     On each Distribution Date, the obligor under the Yield Supplement Agreement
will pay to the Trust an amount equal to the Yield Supplement Amount (as such
term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Yield Supplement
Amount") in respect of the Receivables for such Distribution Date. If so
specified in the Prospectus Supplement, in the event that such obligor defaults
on its obligation to make payments under the Yield Supplement Agreement, the
related Prospectus Supplement will describe the manner and circumstances in
which amounts on deposit on any Distribution Date in the Yield Supplement
Account in excess of the Required Yield Supplement Amount (as such term is
defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Required Yield Supplement
Amount") will be released, and to whom such amounts will be distributed. Monies
on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account may be invested in Permitted
Investments under the circumstances and in the manner described in the related
Transfer and Servicing Agreement. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, investment earnings on investment of funds in a Yield Supplement
Account will be deposited into such Yield Supplement Account. The related
Prospectus Supplement will describe the manner in which any monies remaining on
deposit in a Yield Supplement Account upon the termination of the related Trust
pursuant to its terms will be released and to whom such amounts will be
distributed.
 
     If a Yield Supplement Account is established with respect to any Trust as
to which a Pre-Funding Account has been established, the Seller and the related
Indenture Trustee or applicable Trustee, will enter into a Yield Supplement
Agreement pursuant to which, on each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Seller will
deposit into the Yield Supplement Account the Additional Yield Supplement Amount
(as such term is defined in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Additional
Yield Supplement Amount") in respect of the related Subsequent
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   80
 
Receivables. Each Yield Supplement Agreement will affect only Receivables having
a Contract Rate less than the related Required Rate.
 
NET DEPOSITS
 
     As an administrative convenience if certain conditions acceptable to the
Rating Agencies are satisfied, the Servicer will be permitted to make the
deposit of collections and aggregate Purchase Amounts for any Trust for or with
respect to the related Collection Period net of distributions to be made to the
Servicer for such Trust with respect to such Collection Period. See "--
Collections." With respect to any Trust that issues both Certificates and Notes,
if the related Payment Dates do not coincide with Distribution Dates, all
distributions, deposits or other remittances made on a Payment Date will be
treated as having been distributed, deposited or remitted on the Distribution
Date for the applicable Collection Period for purposes of determining other
amounts required to be distributed, deposited or otherwise remitted on such
Distribution Date. Similarly, the Servicer may cause to be made a single, net
transfer from the Collection Account to the related Payahead Account, if any, or
vice versa. The Servicer, however, will account to the Trustee, any Indenture
Trustee, the Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders with respect to
each Trust as if all deposits, distributions, and transfers were made
individually.
 
STATEMENTS TO TRUSTEES AND TRUST
 
     Prior to each Distribution Date with respect to each series of Securities,
the Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee, if any, and the
Applicable Trustee as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
Collection Period a statement setting forth substantially the same information
as is required to be provided in the periodic reports provided to
Securityholders of such series described under "Certain Information Regarding
the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders."
 
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
     Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer will
furnish to the related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, on
or before October 31 of each year, beginning in the calendar year following the
establishment of the related Trust, a statement of a firm of independent
certified public accountants (or other evidence satisfactory to the applicable
Rating Agencies) as to compliance by the Servicer during the preceding twelve
months ended June 30 (or, in the case of the first such certificate, from the
applicable Closing Date) with certain standards relating to the servicing of the
applicable Receivables, the Servicer's accounting records and computer files
with respect thereto and certain other matters.
 
     Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will also provide for delivery to the
related Trust and Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, substantially
simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants' statement referred to
above, of a certificate signed by an officer of the Servicer stating that the
Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the applicable Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, throughout the preceding twelve months (or, in the case of
the first such certificate, from the Closing Date) or, if there has been a
default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, describing each such default.
The Servicer has agreed to give each Indenture Trustee and each Trustee notice
of certain Servicer Termination Events under the related Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.
 
     Copies of such statements and certificates may be obtained by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee at
the appropriate address set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
 
     Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer may
not resign from its obligations and duties as Servicer thereunder, except upon
determination that the Servicer's performance of such duties is no longer
permissible under applicable law. No such resignation will become effective
until the related Indenture Trustee or Trustee, as applicable, or a successor
servicer, has assumed the Servicer's servicing obligations and duties under such
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
     Each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the
Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees and agents will be under
any liability to the related Trust or the related Noteholders or
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   81
 
Certificateholders for taking any action or for refraining from taking any
action pursuant to such Transfer and Servicing Agreement or for errors in
judgment; except that neither the Servicer nor any such person will be protected
against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of the Servicer's duties
thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties
thereunder. In addition, each Transfer and Servicing Agreement will provide that
the Servicer is under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal
action that is not incidental to the Servicer's servicing responsibilities under
such Transfer and Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause it to
incur any expense or liability.
 
     Under the circumstances specified in each Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
any entity into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any entity
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or
any entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer or, with respect to its
obligations as Servicer, any corporation 50% or more of the voting stock of
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by KeyCorp, which corporation or other
entity in each of the foregoing cases assumes the obligations of the Servicer,
will be the successor of the Servicer under such Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.
 
SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS
 
     "Servicer Termination Events" under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement
will consist of (i) any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Applicable
Trustee for deposit in any of the Trust Accounts any required payment or to
direct the Applicable Trustee to make any required distributions therefrom,
which failure continues unremedied for five business days after written notice
from the Applicable Trustee is received by the Servicer or after discovery of
such failure by the Servicer, (ii) any failure by the Servicer duly to observe
or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in such
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, which failure materially and adversely affects
the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders of the related series
and which continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of written notice of
such failure (A) to the Servicer by the Applicable Trustee or (B) to the
Servicer and to the Applicable Trustee by holders of Notes or Certificates of
such series, as applicable, evidencing not less than 25% in principal amount of
such outstanding Notes or of such Certificate Balance (or, in either case, for
such longer period, not in excess of 120 days, as may be reasonably necessary to
remedy such default; provided that such default is capable of remedy within 120
days and the Servicer delivers an officer's certificate to the Applicable
Trustee to such effect and to the effect that Servicer has commenced or will
promptly commence, and will diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy
such default); and (iii) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to
the Servicer. "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to any person, any of the
following events or actions: certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings with respect to
such person and certain actions by such person indicating its insolvency,
reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to pay its
obligations.
 
RIGHTS UPON SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS
 
     In the case of any Trust that has issued Notes, as long as a Servicer
Termination Event under a Sale and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied, the
related Trustee or the related Indenture Trustee or holders of Notes of the
related series evidencing greater than 50% of the principal amount of such Notes
then outstanding may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer
under such Sale and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Indenture Trustee or a
successor servicer appointed by such Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such Sale and
Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.
In the case of any Trust that has not issued Notes, as long as a Servicer
Termination Event under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement remains
unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of Certificates of the related series
evidencing greater than 50% of the principal amount of such Certificates then
outstanding may terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer under
such Pooling and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Trustee or a successor
servicer appointed by such Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,
duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements. If,
however, a conservator, receiver or similar official has been appointed for the
Servicer, and no Servicer Termination Event other than such
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   82
 
appointment has occurred, such official may have the power to prevent such
Indenture Trustee, such Noteholders,
such Trustee or such Certificateholders from effecting a transfer of servicing.
In the event that such Indenture Trustee or Trustee is unwilling or unable to so
act, it may appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of, a successor with a net worth of at least $50,000,000 and whose
regular business includes the servicing of motor vehicle receivables. Such
Indenture Trustee or Trustee may make such arrangements for compensation to be
paid, which in no event may be greater than the servicing compensation to the
Servicer under the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
WAIVER OF PAST SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS
 
     With respect to each Trust that has issued Notes, the holders of Notes
evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
of the related series (or the holders of the Certificates of such series
evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding Certificate Balance, in
the case of any Servicer Termination Event which does not adversely affect the
related Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders) may, on behalf of all such
Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any Servicer Termination Event by the
Servicer in the performance of its obligations under the related Sale and
Servicing Agreement and its consequences, except a Servicer Termination Event in
making any required deposits to or payments from any of the Trust Accounts in
accordance with such Sale and Servicing Agreement. With respect to each Trust
that has not issued Notes, holders of Certificates of such series evidencing not
less than a majority of the principal amount of such Certificates then
outstanding may, on behalf of all such Certificateholders, waive any Servicer
Termination Event by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations under
the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, except a Servicer Termination
Event in making any required deposits to or payments from the related Trust
Accounts in accordance with such Transfer and Servicing Agreement. No such
waiver will impair such Noteholders' or Certificateholders' rights with respect
to subsequent defaults.
 
AMENDMENT
 
     Each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended by the parties
thereto, without the consent of the related Noteholders or Certificateholders,
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of such Transfer and Servicing Agreements or
of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders;
provided that such action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable, materially and
adversely affect the interest of any such Noteholder or Certificateholder. The
Transfer and Servicing Agreements may also be amended by the Seller, the
Servicer, the related Trustee and any related Indenture Trustee with the consent
of the holders of Notes evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
then outstanding Notes, if any, of the related series and the holders of the
Certificates of such series evidencing at least a majority of the Certificate
Balance of such Certificates then outstanding, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
such Transfer and Servicing Agreements or of modifying in any manner the rights
of such Noteholders or Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate
or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the related Receivables or
distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of such Noteholders
or Certificateholders or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Notes or
Certificates of such series which are required to consent to any such amendment,
without the consent of the holders of all the outstanding Notes or Certificates,
as the case may be, of such series.
 
     Additionally, each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended
by the parties thereto at the direction of the Seller or Servicer without the
consent of any of the Securityholders to add, modify or eliminate such
provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion
of a Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause all or a
portion of a Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization
investment trust" as described in the provisions of the "Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996," H.R. 3448, and in connection with any such election, to
modify or eliminate existing provisions of a Transfer and Servicing Agreement
relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the Securities and the
related Trust in the absence of the election. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences -- FASIT Legislation." It is a condition to any such amendment that
each Rating Agency will have notified the Seller, the Servicer and the
Applicable Trustee in
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   83
 
writing that the amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the
rating of any outstanding Securities with respect to which it is a Rating
Agency.
 
     Additionally, each of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be amended
by the parties thereto at the direction of the Seller or Servicer without the
consent of any of the Securityholders (i) to add, modify or eliminate such
provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable (a) the transfer
to the Trust of all or any portion of the Receivables to be derecognized under
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") by the Seller to the
applicable Trust, (b) the applicable Trust to avoid becoming a member of the
Seller's consolidated group under GAAP, or (c) the Seller or any of its
affiliates to otherwise comply with or obtain more favorable treatment under any
law or regulation or any accounting rule or principle; and (ii) in connection
with any such addition, modification or elimination, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing clause (i), to cause the Receivables to be
transferred by the Seller first to a bankruptcy remote affiliate and from such
affiliate to a Trust; provided, however, that it is a condition to any such
amendment that (i) the Seller delivers an officer's certificate to the related
Trustee to the effect that such amendment meets the requirements set forth in
this paragraph and (ii) such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or
reduction of the rating of any outstanding series of Securities under the
related Trust.
 
INSOLVENCY
 
     Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect to the
related Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders
(including the Seller) of such Trust and the delivery to such Trustee by each
such Certificateholder (including the Seller) of a certificate certifying that
such Certificateholder reasonably believes that such Trust is insolvent.
 
NON-RECOURSE SALE AND ASSIGNMENT
 
     The Notes of any series will represent obligations solely of, and the
Certificates of any series will represent interests solely in, the related Trust
and neither the Notes nor the Certificates of any series will be insured or
guaranteed by any Affiliate, the Seller, the Servicer, any Trustee, any
Indenture Trustee or any other person or entity.
 
PAYMENT OF NOTES
 
     Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes of a given series and the
satisfaction and discharge of the related Indenture, the related Trustee will
succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders
of such series will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders of such series,
under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise provided
therein.
 
TERMINATION
 
     With respect to each Trust, the obligations of the Servicer, the Seller,
the related Trustee and the related Indenture Trustee, if any, pursuant to the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the
maturity or other liquidation of the last related Receivable and the disposition
of any amounts received upon liquidation of any such remaining Receivables, (ii)
the payment to Noteholders, if any, and Certificateholders of the related series
of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements and (iii) the occurrence of either event described below.
 
     In order to avoid excessive administrative expense, each of the Seller and
the Servicer will be permitted at its respective option to purchase from each
Trust, as of the end of any applicable Collection Period, if the then
outstanding Pool Balance with respect to the Receivables held by such Trust is
equal to or less than the percentage of the Initial Pool Balance set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement (as defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the "Original Pool Balance"), all remaining related Receivables at a
price equal to the aggregate of the Purchase Amounts thereof as of the end of
such Collection Period.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   84
 
     As more fully described in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
outstanding Notes of the related series will be redeemed concurrently with
either of the events specified above and the subsequent distribution to the
related Certificateholders of all amounts required to be distributed to them
pursuant to the applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement
will effect early retirement of the Certificates of such series.
 
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
 
     The Bank, in its capacity as administrator (the "Administrator"), will
enter into an agreement (as amended and supplemented from time to time, an
"Administration Agreement") with each Trust that issues Notes and the related
Indenture Trustee pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent
provided in such Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform
other administrative obligations required by the related Indenture. With respect
to any such Trust, as compensation for the performance of the Administrator's
obligations under the applicable Administration Agreement and as reimbursement
for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be entitled to a
monthly administration fee in an amount equal to such amount as may be set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Administration Fee"), which fee will
be paid by the Seller.
 
                    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
 
RIGHTS IN THE RECEIVABLES
 
     The Receivables are "chattel paper" as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the
UCC, a sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to a transaction
creating a security interest in chattel paper. The Seller will cause appropriate
financing statements to be filed with the appropriate governmental authorities
to perfect the interest of the related Trust in its purchase of Receivables from
the Seller and in the appropriate jurisdictions in which the Affiliates are
located to perfect the interest of the Seller in its purchase of Receivables
from the Affiliates.
 
     Pursuant to the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, an Originator
will hold the Receivables as custodian for the Applicable Trustee following the
sale and assignment of the Receivables to the related Trust. The Seller will
take such action as is required to perfect the rights of the Applicable Trustee
in the Receivables. The Receivables will not be segregated, stamped or otherwise
marked to indicate that they have been sold to the related Trust. If through
inadvertence or otherwise, another party purchases (or takes a security interest
in) the Receivables for new value in the ordinary course of business and takes
possession of the Receivables without actual knowledge of the related Trust's
interest, the purchaser (or secured party) will acquire an interest in the
Receivables superior to the interest of the related Trust.
 
     Under the applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be
obligated from time to time to take such actions as are necessary to protect and
perfect the related Trust's interest in the Receivables and their proceeds.
 
SECURITY INTEREST IN VEHICLES
 
     Each retail installment sales contract or promissory note and security
agreement evidencing a Receivable grants a security interest in the Financed
Vehicle under the applicable UCC. Perfection of security interests in
automobiles and light duty trucks is generally governed by the motor vehicle
registration laws of the state in which the vehicle is located. In most states
in which the Receivables are originated, a security interest in automobiles and
light duty trucks is perfected by notation of the secured party's lien on the
vehicles' certificate of title. Each Affiliate takes all actions necessary under
the laws of the state in which the financed vehicle is located to perfect its
security interest in the financed vehicle securing a retail installment sales
contract purchased by it from a Dealer or Direct Loan made by such Affiliate,
including, where applicable, having a notation of its lien recorded on such
vehicle's certificate of title. Because the Servicer continues to service the
contracts and loans, the Obligors on the contracts and loans will not be
notified of the sales from an Affiliate to the Seller or from the Seller to the
Trust, and no action will be taken to record the transfer of the security
interest from an Affiliate to the Seller or from the Seller to the Trust by
amendment of the certificates of title for the Financed Vehicles or otherwise.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   85
 
     Pursuant to each Purchase Agreement, each Affiliate will assign to the
Seller its interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables assigned
by that Affiliate to the Seller and, with respect to each Trust, pursuant to the
related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will assign its interests
in the Financed Vehicles securing the related Receivables to such Trust.
However, because of the administrative burden and expense, none of the
Affiliates, the Seller, the Servicer or the related Trustee will amend any
certificate of title to identify either the Seller or such Trust as the new
secured party on such certificate of title relating to a Financed Vehicle. Also,
each Affiliate will continue to hold any certificates of title relating to the
Financed Vehicles in its possession as custodian for the Seller and such Trust
pursuant to the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement. See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
 
     In most states, an assignment such as that under each Transfer and
Servicing Agreement is an effective conveyance of a security interest without
amendment of any lien noted on a vehicle's certificate of title, and the
assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor's rights as secured party. However, by
not identifying the related Trust as the secured party on the certificate of
title, the security interest of such Trust in the vehicle could be defeated
through fraud or negligence. In most states, in the absence of fraud or forgery
by the vehicle owner or an Affiliate or administrative error by state or local
agencies, the notation of the lien of the applicable Affiliate on the
certificates of title will be sufficient to protect the related Trust against
the rights of subsequent purchasers of a Financed Vehicle or subsequent lenders
who take a security interest in a Financed Vehicle. If there are any Financed
Vehicles as to which the Seller failed to obtain and assign to the related Trust
a perfected security interest, the security interest of such Trust would be
subordinate to, among others, subsequent purchasers of the Financed Vehicles and
holders of perfected security interests. Such a failure, however, would
constitute a breach of the warranties of the Seller under the related Transfer
and Servicing Agreement and would create an obligation of the Seller to
repurchase the related Receivable unless the breach is cured. Pursuant to each
Transfer and Servicing Agreement the Seller will assign such rights to the
related Trust. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale
and Assignment of Receivables" and "Risk Factors -- Risk of Unenforceable
Security Interest in Financed Vehicles."
 
     Under the laws of most states, the perfected security interest in a vehicle
would continue for four months after the vehicle is moved to a state other than
the state in which it is initially registered and thereafter until the owner
thereof re-registers the vehicle in the new state. A majority of states
generally require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a vehicle.
Accordingly, a secured party must surrender possession if it holds the
certificate of title to the vehicle or, in the case of a vehicle registered in a
state providing for the notation of a lien on the certificate of title but not
possession by the secured party, the secured party would receive notice of
surrender if the security interest is noted on the certificate of title. Thus,
the secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest
in the vehicle in the state of relocation. In states that do not require a
certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could
defeat perfection. In the ordinary course of servicing motor vehicle
receivables, the applicable Affiliate takes any necessary steps to effect
re-perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information from the
Obligor as to relocation. Similarly, when an Obligor sells a vehicle, the
applicable Affiliate must surrender possession of the certificate of title or
will receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly will
have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Receivable before
release of the lien. Under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer
is obligated to take appropriate steps, at the Servicer's expense, to maintain
perfection of security interests in the Financed Vehicles and is obligated to
purchase the related Receivable if it fails to do so.
 
     Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a motor
vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over even a perfected security
interest in a financed vehicle. The Code also grants priority to certain federal
tax liens over the lien of a secured party. The laws of certain states and
federal law permit the confiscation of vehicles by governmental authorities
under certain circumstances if used in unlawful activities, which may result in
the loss of a secured party's perfected security interest in the confiscated
vehicle. Under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will represent
to the related Trust that, as of the date the related Receivable is sold to such
Trust, each security interest in a Financed Vehicle is or will be prior to all
other present liens (other than tax liens and other liens that arise by
operation of law) upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle. However,
liens for repairs or taxes could arise, or the confiscation of a Financed
Vehicle could occur, at any time
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   86
 
during the term of a Receivable. No notice will be given to the Trustee, any
Indenture Trustee, any Noteholders or the Certificateholders in respect of a
given Trust if such a lien arises or confiscation occurs.
 
REPOSSESSION
 
     In the event of default by vehicle purchasers, the holder of the motor
vehicle retail installment sales contract or Direct Loan has all the remedies of
a secured party under the UCC, except where specifically limited by other state
laws. Among the UCC remedies, the secured party has the right to perform
self-help repossession unless such act would constitute a breach of the peace.
Self-help is the method employed by the Servicer in most cases and is
accomplished simply by retaking possession of the financed vehicle. In the event
of default by the obligor, some jurisdictions require that the obligor be
notified of the default and be given a time period within which he may cure the
default prior to repossession. Generally, the right of reinstatement may be
exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year period. In cases
where the obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise
required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained from the
appropriate state court, and the vehicle must then be repossessed in accordance
with that order.
 
NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS
 
     The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide the
obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the collateral may be held. The
obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale, in some
states, by payment of delinquent installments or the unpaid balance and, in
other states, by paying the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the
obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding and preparing the
collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale, plus, in some
jurisdictions, reasonable attorneys' fees.
 
DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS
 
     The proceeds of resale of the vehicles generally will be applied first to
the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of the
indebtedness. While some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency
judgments if the net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount of the
indebtedness, a deficiency judgment can be sought in those states that do not
prohibit or limit such judgments. However, the deficiency judgment would be a
personal judgment against the obligor for the shortfall, and a defaulting
obligor can be expected to have very little capital or sources of income
available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful
to seek a deficiency judgment or, if one is obtained, it may be settled at a
significant discount.
 
     Occasionally, after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and all
indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds. In that case, the UCC requires the
creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a lien with respect to the
vehicle or if no such lienholder exists or there are remaining funds, to remit
the surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.
 
SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS CIVIL RELIEF ACT
 
     The Soldiers' and Sailors Civil Relief Act of 1940 (the "Relief Act")
imposes certain limitations upon the actions of creditors with respect to
persons serving in the Armed Forces of the United States, and, to a more limited
extent, their dependents and guarantors and sureties of debt incurred by such
persons. An obligation incurred by a person prior to entering military service
cannot bear interest at a rate in excess of 6% during the person's term of
military service, unless the obligee petitions a court which determines that the
person's military service does not impair his or her ability to pay interest at
a higher rate. Further, a secured party may not repossess during a person's
military service a motor vehicle subject to an installment sales contract or a
promissory note entered into prior to the person's entering military service,
for a loan default which occurred prior to or during such service, without court
action. The Relief Act imposes penalties for knowingly repossessing property in
contravention of its provisions. Additionally, dependents of military personnel
are entitled to the protection of the Relief Act, upon application to a court,
if such court determines the obligation of such dependent has been materially
impaired by reason of military service. To the extent an obligation is
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   87
 
unenforceable against the person in military service or a dependent, any
guarantor or surety of such obligation will not be liable for performance.
 
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Truth-in-Lending Act,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair
Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection
Procedures Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's
Regulations B, Z and AA, the Relief Act, state adoptions of the National
Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle
retail installment sales acts, retail installment sales acts and other similar
laws. In addition to Federal law, state consumer protection statutes regulate,
among other things, the terms and conditions of the motor vehicle retail
installment sales contracts and promissory notes and security agreements
pursuant to which purchasers finance the acquisition of motor vehicles. These
laws place finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on consumer
transactions and require contract disclosures in addition to those required
under federal law. These requirements impose specific statutory liabilities upon
creditors who fail to comply. In some cases, this liability could affect the
ability of an assignee, such as the Applicable Trustee, to enforce consumer
finance contracts such as the Receivables. The "Credit Practices" Rule of the
Federal Trade Commission imposes additional restrictions on contract provisions
and credit practices.
 
     The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" Rule of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by the
Uniform Consumer Credit Code, other statutes or the common law, has the effect
of subjecting a seller in a consumer credit transaction (and certain related
creditors and their assignees) to all claims and defenses which the obligor in
the transaction could assert against the seller of the goods. Liability under
the FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the contract
and the holder of the contract may also be unable to collect any balance
remaining due thereunder from the obligor.
 
     Most of the Receivables will be subject to the requirements of the FTC
Rule. Accordingly, each Trust, as holder of the related Receivables, will be
subject to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of the applicable Financed
Vehicle may assert against the seller of the Financed Vehicle. Such claims are
limited to a maximum liability equal to the amounts paid by the Obligor on the
Receivable. If an Obligor were successful in asserting any such claim or
defense, such claim or defense would constitute a breach of the Seller's
warranties under the related Transfer and Servicing Agreement and would create
an obligation of the Seller to repurchase the Receivable unless the breach is
cured. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables."
 
     Under the motor vehicle dealer licensing laws of most states, sellers of
motor vehicles are required to be licensed to sell such vehicles at retail sale.
In addition, with respect to used motor vehicles , the FTC's Rule on Sale of
Used Vehicles requires all sellers of used motor vehicles to prepare, complete
and display a "Buyer's Guide" which explains the warranty coverage for such
vehicles. Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle
Information and Cost Savings Act require that all sellers of used motor vehicles
furnish a written statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the
odometer reading. If a seller is not properly licensed or if either a Buyer's
Guide or Odometer Disclosure Statement was not properly provided to the
purchaser of a Financed Vehicle, such purchaser may be able to assert a claim
against the seller of such vehicle. Although the Affiliates are not sellers of
motor vehicles and are not subject to these laws, a violation thereof may form
the basis for a claim or defense against the applicable Affiliate, the Seller or
the Applicable Trustee as holder of the Receivables.
 
     Courts have applied general equitable principles to secured parties
pursuing repossession and litigation involving deficiency balances. These
equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an Obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.
 
     In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of
secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process
protections provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States. Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   88
 
have found that the repossession and resale by the creditor do not involve
sufficient state action to afford constitutional protection to borrowers.
 
     Under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will warrant to the
related Trust that each Receivable complies with all requirements of law in all
material respects. Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against a Trust for
violation of any law and such claim materially and adversely affects such
Trust's interest in a Receivable, such violation would constitute a breach of
the warranties of the Seller under such Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
would create an obligation of the Seller to repurchase the Receivable unless the
breach is cured. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
 
OTHER LIMITATIONS
 
     In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and
related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party
to realize upon collateral or to enforce a deficiency judgment. For example, in
a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy law, a court may prevent a
creditor from repossessing a vehicle, and, as part of the rehabilitation plan,
reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the vehicle
at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the creditor as
a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy
court may also reduce the monthly payments due under a contract or change the
rate of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.
 
     Each Affiliate subject to FIRREA intends that the transfer of the
Receivables by it under a Purchase Agreement constitutes a sale. In the event
that an Affiliate that is subject to FIRREA were to become insolvent, FIRREA
sets forth certain powers that the FDIC could exercise if it were appointed as
receiver of such Affiliate. Subject to clarification by FDIC regulations or
interpretations, it would appear from the positions taken by the FDIC before and
after the passage of FIRREA that the FDIC in its capacity as receiver for an
Affiliate would not interfere with the timely transfer to the Trust of payments
collected on the Receivables. If the transfer of Receivables by an Affiliate to
the Seller were to be characterized as a secured loan, to the extent that such
Affiliate would be deemed to have granted a security interest in the Receivables
to the Seller or the related Trust, and that interest had been validly perfected
before the insolvency of such Affiliate, and had not been taken in contemplation
of insolvency, that security interest should not be subject to avoidance and
payments to the Trust (to the extent of the "actual direct compensatory damages"
of the Seller or Trust) with respect to the Receivables should not be subject to
recovery by the FDIC as receiver of such Affiliate.
 
     If the FDIC were to assert a position contrary to its position with respect
to secured loans described in the preceding paragraph, such as by requiring the
Seller or the related Trust to establish its right to those payments by
submitting to and completing the administrative claims procedure established
under FIRREA, delays in payments on the related Notes (if any) and the
Certificates and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could
occur. Alternatively, in such circumstances, the FDIC might have the right to
repudiate the applicable Purchase Agreement and pay damages to the Seller which,
in turn would prepay the related Notes (if any) and Certificates, which would
shorten their respective weighted average lives.
 
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     Set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement is a general summary of
material federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Notes and the Certificates. The summary is intended as an
explanatory discussion of the possible effects of certain federal income tax
consequences to holders generally, but does not purport to furnish information
in the level of detail or with the attention to a holder's specific tax
circumstances that would be provided by a holder's own tax advisor. For example,
it does not discuss the tax treatment of Noteholders or Certificateholders that
are insurance companies, regulated investment companies or dealers in
securities. In addition, any discussion regarding the Notes is limited to the
federal income tax consequences of the initial Noteholders and not a purchaser
in the secondary market. Moreover, there are no cases or Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving both debt and equity
interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those of the Notes and the
Certificates. As a result, the IRS may disagree with all or a part of the
discussion in the Prospectus Supplement. Prospective investors are
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   89
 
urged to consult their own tax advisors in determining the federal, state,
local, foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.
 
     The summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder and judicial or ruling authority, all of which are subject to change,
which change may be retroactive. Each Trust will be provided with an opinion of
Federal Tax Counsel, regarding certain federal income tax matters. An opinion of
Federal Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on the IRS or the courts. No ruling
on any of the issues discussed in the related Prospectus Supplement will be
sought from the IRS. For purposes of the summary, references to the Trust, the
Notes, the Certificates and related terms, parties and documents shall be deemed
to refer, unless otherwise specified therein, to each Trust and the Notes,
Certificates and related terms, parties and documents applicable to such Trust.
 
     The general summary of material federal tax consequences to the
Certificateholders, and, if applicable, to the Noteholders, is set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The federal income tax consequences to
Certificateholders will vary depending on whether the Trust is intended to be
treated as a partnership under the Code, as a grantor trust or otherwise. The
Prospectus Supplement for each series of Certificates will specify whether a
partnership election will be made, the Trust will be treated as a grantor trust
or otherwise. In addition, to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the tax consequences to Securityholders may vary depending upon
whether the related Prospectus Supplement provides for a Revolving Period for
Trusts that issue Notes.
 
SCOPE OF THE TAX OPINIONS
 
     Unless the Prospectus Supplement specifies that the Trust will be treated
as a grantor trust, Thompson Hine & Flory LLP, special federal tax counsel for
the Seller ("Federal Tax Counsel") will, prior to issuance of a series of Notes
and/or Certificates, deliver its opinion that the applicable Trust will not be
classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes. Further, with respect to each
series of Notes, Federal Tax Counsel will advise the Trust that the Notes will
be characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes.
 
     If the Prospectus Supplement specifies that the Trust will be treated as a
grantor trust, Federal Tax Counsel will prior to issuance of a series of
Certificates deliver its opinion that the applicable Trust will not be
classified as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation and that such Trust will be classified as a grantor trust under
subpart E, Part I of subchapter J of the Code for federal income tax purposes.
 
     In addition, Federal Tax Counsel will render its opinion that it has
prepared or reviewed the statements herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement under the heading "Summary of Terms -- Tax Status" as they relate to
federal income tax matters and under the heading "Federal Income Tax
Consequences," and is of the opinion that such statements are correct in all
material respects. Any such opinions will be filed either as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part or will be filed as
an exhibit to a Form 8-K filed prior to the establishment of the related Trust
and issuance of the Securities. Such statements are intended as an explanatory
discussion of the possible effects of the classification of the Trust as a
partnership, a grantor trust or otherwise, as the case may be, for federal
income tax purposes on investors generally and of related tax matters affecting
investors generally, but do not purport to furnish information in the level of
detail or with the attention to the investor's specific tax circumstances that
would be provided by an investor's own tax adviser. Accordingly, each investor
is advised to consult its own tax advisers with regard to the tax consequences
to it of investing in the Notes and/or Certificates.
 
FASIT LEGISLATION
 
     In August, 1996, the United States Congress passed and President Clinton
signed into law the "Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996," H.R. 3448 (the
"Act"). The Act creates a new type of entity for federal income tax purposes
called a "financial asset securitization investment trust" or "FASIT." The
effective date of the FASIT provisions of the Act is September 1, 1997. The Act
enables certain arrangements similar to a Trust to elect to be treated as a
FASIT. Under the FASIT provisions of the Act a FASIT generally would avoid
federal income taxation and could issue securities substantially similar to the
Certificates and Notes, and those securities
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   90
 
would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes. If so specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may make an election to be treated as a
FASIT. The applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement for such a Trust may
contain any such terms and provide for the issuance of Notes or Certificates on
such terms and conditions as are permitted to a FASIT and described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, upon satisfying certain conditions
set forth in the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, the Seller and Servicer will
be permitted to amend the Transfer and Servicing Agreements in order to enable
all or a portion of a Trust to qualify as a FASIT and to permit a FASIT election
to be made with respect thereto, and to make such modifications to a Transfer
and Servicing Agreement as may be permitted by reason of the making of such an
election. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --
Amendment." However, there can be no assurance that the Seller will or will not
cause any permissible FASIT election to be made with respect to a Trust or amend
a Transfer and Servicing Agreement in connection with any election. In addition,
if such an election is made, it may cause a holder to recognize gain (but not
loss) with respect to any Notes or Certificates held by it, even though Federal
Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that a Note will be treated as debt for
federal income tax purposes without regard to the election and the Note or
Certificate would be treated as debt following the election. Additionally, any
such election and any related amendments to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement
may have other tax and non-tax consequences to Securityholders. Accordingly,
prospective Securityholders should consult their tax advisors with regard to the
effects of any such election and any permitted related amendments on them in
their particular circumstances.
 
                             STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     The above discussion does not address the tax treatment of any Tax
Partnership, Grantor Trust, Notes, Certificates, Noteholders or
Certificateholders under any state tax laws. Prospective investors are urged to
consult with their own tax advisors regarding the state tax treatment of any Tax
Partnership or Grantor Trust as well as any state tax consequences to them of
purchasing, holding and disposing of Notes or Certificates.
 
                                     * * *
 
     THE FEDERAL TAX DISCUSSIONS SET FORTH ABOVE AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT ARE INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE
DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S OR CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.
PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND
CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND
OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension,
profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, as well as
individual retirement accounts, certain types of Keogh Plans and other plans
subject to Section 4975 of the Code (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging in
certain transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA or
"disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may result in an excise tax or
other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.
 
     A fiduciary of a Benefit Plan considering the purchase of Securities of any
series should carefully review with its legal and other advisors whether the
assets of the related Trust would be considered plan assets, whether the
purchase or holding of the Securities could give rise to a transaction
prohibited or otherwise impermissible under ERISA or the Code, and should refer
to the discussion under "ERISA Considerations" in the related Prospectus
Supplement regarding any restrictions on the purchase or holding of the
Securities offered thereby.
 
     Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of
ERISA) are not subject to the fiduciary and prohibited
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   91
 
transaction provisions under ERISA or the Code discussed herein, but
governmental plans may be subject to comparable restrictions under applicable
state law.
 
TRUSTS THAT ISSUE NOTES
 
     The following discussion applies only to Trusts that issue Notes.
 
     Certain transactions involving a Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan
that purchased Notes or Certificates if assets of the Trust were deemed to be
assets of the Benefit Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States
Department of Labor (the "Plan Asset Regulation"), the assets of a Trust would
be treated as plan assets of a Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the
Code only if the Benefit Plan acquired an "equity interest" in the Trust and
none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Asset Regulation was applicable. An
equity interest is defined under the Plan Asset Regulation as an interest other
than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law
and which has no substantial equity features. Although there is little guidance
on the subject, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Seller believes that, at the time of their issuance, the Notes of each Series
should be treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for
purpose of the Plan Asset Regulation. The debt status of the Notes could be
affected, after their initial issuance, by certain changes in the financial
condition of the related Trust.
 
     Regardless of whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest for
purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation, the acquisition or holding of such Notes
with plan assets of a Benefit Plan could be considered to give rise to a
prohibited transaction if the Seller, the Servicer or the applicable Issuer,
Trustee or Indenture Trustee is or becomes a party in interest under ERISA or a
disqualified person under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. In such
case, certain exemptions from the prohibited transactions rules may be
available, depending upon the type and circumstances of the Benefit Plan
fiduciary making the decision to purchase the Notes with assets of the Benefit
Plan. Included among these exemptions are Prohibited Transaction Exemption
("PTE") 84-14, applicable to certain transactions effected by a qualified
professional asset manager; PTE 90-1, applicable to certain transactions entered
into by an insurance company separate account; PTE 91-38, applicable to certain
transactions entered into by a bank collective investment trust; PTE 95-60,
applicable to certain transactions entered into by an insurance company general
account; and PTE 96-23, applicable to certain transactions entered into by an
in-house asset manager. Purchasers acquiring Notes of any series with the assets
of a Benefit Plan shall be deemed to represent and warrant that such purchase
and holding will not give rise to a nonexempt prohibited transaction.
 
     Because the Certificates issued by a Trust that also issues Notes will most
likely be treated as equity interests under the Plan Asset Regulation, such
Certificates may not be acquired with the assets of any Benefit Plan. Purchasers
of the Certificates issued by a Trust that also issues Notes shall be deemed to
represent and warrant that they are not purchasing the Certificates with the
assets of a Benefit Plan.
 
TRUSTS THAT DO NOT ISSUE NOTES
 
     The following discussion applies only to nonsubordinated Certificates
(referred to herein as "Senior Certificates") issued by a Trust that does not
issue Notes.
 
     The related Prospectus Supplement will indicate whether the lead
underwriter named therein has been granted by the U.S. Department of Labor, an
exemption (the "Exemption") from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of
ERISA with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
resale by Benefit Plans of certificates representing interests in asset-backed
pass-through trusts that consist of certain receivables, loans and other
obligations that meet the conditions and requirements of the Exemption. The
receivables covered by the Exemption include motor vehicle installment sales
contracts such as the Receivables. The fact that a portion of the Receivables in
certain Trusts may be acquired subsequent to closing with the assets held in a
Pre-Funding Account raises an issue as to whether the Trust can be characterized
as containing a "fixed pool" of receivables, as required by the Exemption,
during the Funding Period. In addition, the assets held in a Pre-Funding Account
prior to the acquisition of Receivables are not within the list of permitted
assets for purposes of the Exemption. Accordingly, it is not clear whether the
terms of the Exemption will be satisfied during the
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   92
 
Funding Period with respect to Senior Certificates issued by a Trust with
Prefunding Account. The Department of Labor has under consideration an amendment
to the Exemption to extend its application to trusts with prefunding accounts.
 
     Among the conditions which must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply to
the Senior Certificates are the following:
 
          (1) the acquisition of the Senior Certificates by a Benefit Plan is on
     terms (including the price for the Senior Certificates) that are at least
     as favorable to the Benefit Plan as they would be in an arm's length
     transaction with an unrelated party;
 
          (2) the rights and interests evidenced by the Senior Certificates
     acquired by the Benefit Plan are not subordinated to the rights and
     interests evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;
 
          (3) the Senior Certificates acquired by the Benefit Plan have received
     a rating at the time of such acquisition that is in one of the three
     highest generic rating categories from either Standard & Poor's Ratings
     Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
     or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.;
 
          (4) the Trustee is not an affiliate of any other member of the
     Restricted Group (as defined below);
 
          (5) the sum of all payments made to the underwriters in connection
     with the distribution of the Senior Certificates represents not more than
     reasonable compensation for underwriting the Senior Certificates; the sum
     of all payments made to and retained by the Seller pursuant to the sale of
     the Receivables to the Trust represents not more than the fair market value
     of such Receivables; and the sum of all payments made to and retained by
     the Servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation for the
     Servicer's services under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
     reimbursement of the Servicer's reasonable expenses in connection
     therewith; and
 
          (6) the Benefit Plan investing in the Senior Certificates is an
     "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the
     Commission under the Securities Act.
 
     Moreover, the Exemption would provide relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest or prohibited transactions only if, among
other requirements, (i) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates in
connection with the initial issuance, at least fifty (50) percent of the Senior
Certificates are acquired by persons independent of the Restricted Group, (ii)
the Benefit Plan's investment in Senior Certificates does not exceed twenty-five
(25) percent of all of the Senior Certificates outstanding at the time of the
acquisition, and (iii) immediately after the acquisition, no more than
twenty-five (25) percent of the assets of the Benefit Plan are invested in
certificates representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets
sold or serviced by the same entity. The Exemption does not apply to Benefit
Plans sponsored by the Seller, any underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer, any
Obligor with respect to Receivables included in the Trust constituting more than
five percent of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the
Trust, or any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").
 
     The related Prospectus Supplement will indicate whether the Seller believes
that all conditions of the Exemption other than those within the control of the
investors have been met with respect to the Senior Certificates, and whether the
Senior Certificates may be acquired by Benefit Plans.
 
     Because any Certificates issued by a Trust that are subordinate to any
other class of Securities (the "Subordinate Certificates") will not be eligible
for the relief afforded by the Exemption, such Subordinate Certificates may not
be acquired with the assets of a Benefit Plan. Each purchaser of a Subordinate
Certificate shall be deemed to represent and warrant that it is not acquiring or
holding the Subordinate Certificate with the assets of a Benefit Plan.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to the Notes, if any, of a given series and an underwriting agreement
with respect to the Certificates of such series (collectively, the "Underwriting
Agreements"), the Seller will agree to cause the related Trust to sell to the
underwriters named
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   93
 
therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each of such underwriters
will severally agree to purchase, the principal amount of each class of Notes
and Certificates, as the case may be, of the related series set forth therein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     In each of the Underwriting Agreements with respect to any given series of
Securities, the several underwriters will agree, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be, described therein which are offered hereby and by the related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Notes and Certificates, as the case may be,
are purchased.
 
     Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which
each class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, being offered thereby
will be offered to the public and any concessions that may be offered to certain
dealers, if any, participating in the offering of such Notes and Certificates or
(ii) specify that the related Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, are to
be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying prices to be
determined at the time of such sale. After the initial public offering of any
such Notes and Certificates, such public offering prices and such concessions
may be changed.
 
     Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that the Seller will indemnify the
underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act, or contribute to payments the several underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.
 
     Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in its Trust Accounts
in Permitted Investments acquired from such underwriters or from the Seller.
 
     Pursuant to each Underwriting Agreement with respect to a given series of
Securities, the closing of the sale of any class of Securities subject to such
Underwriting Agreement will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of all
other such classes of Securities of that series.
 
     This Prospectus may be used by Key Capital Markets, Inc. ("KCMI"), an
affiliate of the Affiliates, the Servicer, the Seller and KeyCorp, in connection
with offers and sales related to market-making transactions in the Securities in
which KCMI acts as principal. KCMI may also act as agent in such transactions.
KCMI is a broker-dealer and a member of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Transactions
will be at prices related to the prevailing prices at the time of sale. KCMI is
not a bank or thrift, is a subsidiary of KeyCorp and an entity separate from any
Affiliate, and is solely responsible for its contractual obligations and
commitments. The portion of the net proceeds paid to the Seller will be used to
purchase the Receivables from the Affiliates.
 
     The place and time of delivery for the Securities in respect of which this
Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS
 
RESALE RESTRICTIONS
 
     The distribution of the Securities in Canada is being made only on a
private placement basis exempt from the requirement that each Trust prepare and
file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province
where trades of the Securities are effected. Accordingly, any resale of the
Securities in Canada must be made in accordance with applicable securities law
which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require
resales to be made in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant
to a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities
regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any
resale of the Securities.
 
REPRESENTATION OF PURCHASERS
 
     Each purchaser of Securities in Canada who receives a purchase confirmation
will be deemed to represent to the Seller, the applicable Trust and the dealer
from whom such purchase confirmation is received that (i) such purchaser is
entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase such Securities
without the benefit of
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   94
 
a prospectus qualified under such securities laws, (ii) where required by law,
that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and (iii) such
purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale Restrictions."
 
RIGHTS OF ACTION AND ENFORCEMENT
 
     The securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and Ontario
purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action prescribed by
section 32 of the Regulation under the Securities Act (Ontario). As a result,
Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies that may be available, including
common law rights of action for damages or rescission or rights of action under
the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.
 
     The applicable Trust, the Seller, the Bank, the Servicer and the Applicable
Trustee and their respective directors and officers, if any, as well as the
experts named herein, may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may
not be possible for Ontario purchasers to effect service of process within
Canada upon the Seller or such persons. All or a substantial portion of the
assets of the Seller and such persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a
result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the Seller or such
persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against
such Seller or persons outside of Canada.
 
NOTICE TO BRITISH COLUMBIA RESIDENTS
 
     A purchaser of the Securities to whom the Securities Act (British Columbia)
applies is advised that such purchaser is required to file with the British
Columbia Securities Commission a report within ten days of the sale of any of
the Securities acquired by such purchaser pursuant to this offering. Such report
must be in the form attached to British Columbia Securities Commission Blanket
Order BOR #88/5. Only one such report must be filed in respect of the Securities
acquired on the same date and under the same prospectus exemption.
 
                                 LEGAL OPINIONS
 
     Certain legal matters relating to the Securities of any series will be
passed upon for the related Trust, the Seller and the Servicer by Forrest F.
Stanley, Esq., General Counsel of the Bank, by Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago,
Illinois and by Thompson Hine & Flory LLP, Cleveland, Ohio. Certain legal
matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Mayer, Brown & Platt,
Chicago, Illinois. Thompson Hine & Flory LLP and Mayer, Brown & Platt may from
time to time render legal services to the Seller, the Servicer and their
affiliates.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   95
 
                                 INDEX OF TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Acquired Receivables...................................................................     8
Act....................................................................................    59
Actuarial Receivables..................................................................    23
Additional Yield Supplement Amount.....................................................    49
Administration Agreement...............................................................    54
Administration Fee.....................................................................    54
Administrator..........................................................................    54
Affiliate..............................................................................     8
Applicable Trustee.....................................................................    38
AutoFinance Group......................................................................     8
Bank...................................................................................     4
Bankruptcy Code........................................................................    16
Base Rate..............................................................................    36
Benefit Plan...........................................................................    60
Bulk Purchases.........................................................................    25
Business Day...........................................................................    47
Calculation Agent......................................................................    37
Cede...................................................................................    21
Cedel..................................................................................    39
Cedel Participants.....................................................................    39
Certificate Balance....................................................................     6
Certificate Distribution Account.......................................................    44
Certificate Owners.....................................................................     6
Certificate Pool Factor................................................................    28
Certificate Rate.......................................................................     6
Certificateholders.....................................................................    10
Certificates...........................................................................     1
Closing Date...........................................................................     7
Code...................................................................................    59
Collection Account.....................................................................    44
Collection Period......................................................................    47
Commission.............................................................................     2
Contract Rate..........................................................................    12
Cooperative............................................................................    39
Cutoff Date............................................................................    21
Dealer.................................................................................     8
Dealer Agreements......................................................................     7
Dealer Recourse........................................................................    21
Definitive Certificates................................................................    40
Definitive Notes.......................................................................    40
Definitive Securities..................................................................    40
Depositaries...........................................................................    37
Depository.............................................................................    30
Direct Loans...........................................................................     8
Distribution Date......................................................................    36
DTC....................................................................................    21
DTC Participants.......................................................................    37
DTC's Nominee..........................................................................    21
Eligible Deposit Account...............................................................    46
Eligible Institution...................................................................    46
Eligible Investments...................................................................    45
ERISA..................................................................................    13
Euroclear..............................................................................    39
Euroclear Operator.....................................................................    39
Euroclear Participants.................................................................    39
Events of Default......................................................................    32
</TABLE>
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   96
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Exchange Act...........................................................................     2
Exemption..............................................................................    61
FDIC...................................................................................    17
Federal Tax Counsel....................................................................    59
Final Scheduled Distribution Date......................................................    19
Final Scheduled Maturity Date..........................................................    12
Financed Vehicles......................................................................     7
FIRREA.................................................................................    17
Fixed Rate Securities..................................................................    36
Floating Rate Securities...............................................................    36
Flow Agreement.........................................................................    25
Flow Parties...........................................................................    25
Flow Purchases.........................................................................    25
FTC Rule...............................................................................    57
Funding Period.........................................................................     6
GAAP...................................................................................    53
Indenture..............................................................................     4
Indenture Trustee......................................................................     1
Indirect Participants..................................................................    37
Initial Receivables....................................................................     7
Insolvency Event.......................................................................    51
Insolvency Laws........................................................................    16
Interest Rate..........................................................................     4
Interest Reset Period..................................................................    36
Investment Earnings....................................................................    46
IRS....................................................................................    58
Issuer.................................................................................     4
KCMI...................................................................................    63
KeyCorp................................................................................    29
LIBOR..................................................................................    36
Motor Vehicle Loans....................................................................     8
Note Distribution Account..............................................................    44
Note Owners............................................................................     4
Note Pool Factor.......................................................................    28
Noteholders............................................................................    10
Notes..................................................................................     1
Obligor................................................................................    21
Original Pool Balance..................................................................    53
Originator.............................................................................     8
PAC....................................................................................    31
Participants...........................................................................    30
Payahead Account.......................................................................    45
Payahead Balance.......................................................................    47
Payaheads..............................................................................    45
Payment Date...........................................................................    31
Permitted Investments..................................................................    45
Plan Asset Regulation..................................................................    61
Pool Balance...........................................................................    28
Pooling and Servicing Agreement........................................................     8
Pre-Funded Amount......................................................................     8
Pre-Funding Account....................................................................     5
Precomputed Receivables................................................................    23
Prepayments............................................................................    14
Primary Originators....................................................................     8
Prospectus Supplement..................................................................     1
PTE....................................................................................    61
Purchase Amount........................................................................    44
</TABLE>
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   97
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Rating Agencies........................................................................    20
Receivables............................................................................     1
Receivables Pool.......................................................................    21
Registration Statement.................................................................     2
Related Documents......................................................................    34
Relief Act.............................................................................    56
Required Rate..........................................................................    49
Required Yield Supplement Amount.......................................................    49
Reserve Account........................................................................    49
Restricted Group.......................................................................    62
Revolving Account......................................................................    10
Revolving Period.......................................................................    10
Rule of 78's Receivables...............................................................    23
Sale and Servicing Agreement...........................................................     7
Schedule of Receivables................................................................    43
Securities.............................................................................     1
Securities Act.........................................................................     2
Security Owners........................................................................    21
Securityholders........................................................................    10
Seller.................................................................................     1
Senior Certificates....................................................................    61
Servicer...............................................................................     1
Servicer Termination Events............................................................    51
Servicing Fee..........................................................................    47
Servicing Fee Rate.....................................................................    47
Simple Interest Receivables............................................................    24
Specified Reserve Account Balance......................................................    11
Spread.................................................................................    36
Spread Multiplier......................................................................    36
Strip Certificates.....................................................................     6
Strip Notes............................................................................     5
Strip Securities.......................................................................     6
Subordinate Certificates...............................................................    62
Subsequent Receivables.................................................................     8
Subsequent Transfer Date...............................................................    43
Subsidiary.............................................................................     8
Sum of Periodic Balances Receivables...................................................    23
Supplemental Servicing Fees............................................................    47
TAC....................................................................................    31
Terms and Conditions...................................................................    39
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.......................................................     8
Trust..................................................................................     1
Trust Accounts.........................................................................    45
Trust Agreement........................................................................     4
Trustee................................................................................     1
UCC....................................................................................    44
Underwriter............................................................................    14
Underwriting Agreements................................................................    62
Warehouse Financing....................................................................    22
Yield Supplement Account...............................................................    45
Yield Supplement Agreement.............................................................    49
Yield Supplement Amount................................................................    49
</TABLE>
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   98
 
                                                                         ANNEX I
 
         GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
     Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Key Auto
Finance Trust Asset Backed Notes and Asset Backed Certificates (the "Global
Securities") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global
Securities may hold such Global Securities through any of The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC"), Cedel or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable as
home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets. Initial
settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
 
     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
 
     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations.
 
     Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Securities will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective Depositaries of Cedel and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.
 
     Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
     All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will be
represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedel and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
 
     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations. Investor
securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings against payment
in same-day funds on the settlement date.
 
     Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedel or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
     Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
 
     Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to U.S. corporate
debt obligations in same-day funds.
 
     Trading between Cedel and/or Euroclear Participants.  Secondary market
trading between Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
 
     Trading between DTC seller and Cedel or Euroclear purchaser.  When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant at
 
                                       A-1
<PAGE>   99
 
least one business day prior to settlement. Cedel or Euroclear will instruct the
respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the Global Securities
against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities
from and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement
date. Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary to the DTC
Participant's account against delivery of the Global Securities. After
settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be credited to the
respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its
usual procedures, to the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account.
The Global Securities credit will appear the next day (European time) and the
cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Securities
will accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day when
settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended
value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel or Euroclear cash debit will be
valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
     Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within Cedel or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to Cedel or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
     As an alternative, if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to pre-position
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each Cedel Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
 
     Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
 
     Trading between Cedel or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser.  Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions
to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases, Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last
coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date. The payment will then
be reflected in the account of the Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant
the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's
or Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued to the value date (which
would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the
Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its
respective clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation of receipt
of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any
overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date. Finally, day traders
that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global Securities from DTC
Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants should
note that these trades would automatically fail
 
                                       A-2
<PAGE>   100
 
on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
 
          (a) borrowing through Cedel or Euroclear for one day (until the
     purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
     accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
 
          (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
     no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
     Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
     account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
 
          (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
     so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at
     least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant
     or Euroclear Participant.
 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
     A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through Cedel or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
     Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8).  Beneficial owners of Securities
that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding
tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If the
information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within 30
days of such change.
 
     Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224).  A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
States).
 
     Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001).  Non-U.S. Persons that are Security Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or reduced
tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a
reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Security Owner or
his agent.
 
     Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9).  U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number and Certification).
 
     U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Security Owner of a Global
Security or in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files by
submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds (the
clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of the
clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
 
     The term "U.S. Person" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or trust
the income of which is includible in gross income for United States tax
purposes, regardless of its source. This summary does not deal with all aspects
of U.S. Federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders
of the Global Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax
advisers for specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the
Global Securities.
 
                                       A-3
<PAGE>   101
 
     On April 15, 1996, proposed Treasury Regulations (the "1996 Proposed
Regulations") were issued which, if adopted in final form, could affect the
United States taxation of non-U.S. holders. The 1996 Proposed Regulations are
generally proposed to be effective for payments after December 31, 1997, subject
to certain transition rules. It cannot be predicted at this time whether the
1996 Proposed Regulations will become effective as proposed or what, if any,
modifications may be made to them. The 1996 Proposed Regulations would, if
adopted, alter the rules under this heading in certain respects. Prospective
investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the effect the
1996 Proposed Regulations may have if adopted.
 
                                       A-4
<PAGE>   102
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE SELLER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH THEY RELATE OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN
OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.
                               ------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PAGE
                                               -----
<S>                                            <C>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Reports to Securityholders..................     S-2
Summary of Terms............................     S-3
Risk Factors................................     S-8
The Trust...................................    S-10
The Receivables Pool........................    S-11
The Seller, the Servicer, AutoFinance Group
  and KeyCorp...............................    S-14
Weighted Average Life of the Securities.....    S-15
Description of the Notes....................    S-15
Description of the Certificates.............    S-16
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
  Agreements................................    S-17
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables....    S-24
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............    S-24
State Tax Consequences......................    S-26
ERISA Considerations........................    S-27
Underwriting................................    S-28
Legal Opinions..............................    S-28
Index of Defined Terms......................    S-29
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PAGE
                                               ----
<S>                                            <C>
PROSPECTUS
Available Information.......................     2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference.................................     2
Summary of Terms............................     4
Risk Factors................................    14
The Trusts..................................    21
The Receivables Pools.......................    23
Weighted Average Life of the Securities.....    27
Pool Factors and Trading Information........    28
Use of Proceeds.............................    29
The Seller..................................    29
The Bank....................................    29
AutoFinance Group...........................    30
Description of the Notes....................    30
Description of the Certificates.............    35
Certain Information Regarding the
  Securities................................    36
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
  Agreements................................    43
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables....    54
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............    58
State Tax Consequences......................    60
ERISA Considerations........................    60
Plan of Distribution........................    62
Notice to Canadian Residents................    63
Legal Opinions..............................    64
Index of Defined Terms......................    65
Global Clearance, Settlement and
  Documentation Procedures..................   A-1
</TABLE>
 
======================================================
 
                                  $103,404,000
 
                             AFG RECEIVABLES TRUST
                                     1997-A

                                  $73,703,000
                                 Class A      %
                               Asset Backed Notes
 
                                  $18,701,000
                                 Class B      %
                               Asset Backed Notes

 
                                  $11,000,000
                                 Class C      %
                               Asset Backed Notes
 
                            AUTOFINANCE GROUP, INC.
                                  Subservicer
 
                                  KEY CONSUMER
                             ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION
                                     Seller
 
                                 KEY BANK USA,
                              NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                    Servicer

                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                           KEY CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
 
- ------------------------------------------------------


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission